XtraEdge 2010 03

Worry is a misuse of imagination.
Volume - 5 Issue - 9
March, 2010 (Monthly Magazine)
Editorial / Mailing Office :
112-B, Shakti Nagar, Kota (Raj.) 324009
Editorial
Tel. : 0744-2500492, 2500692, 3040000

e-mail : [email protected]
Editor :
Dear Students,
Pramod Maheshwari
All of us live and work within fixed patterns. These patterns and habits
determine the quality of our life and the choices we make in life. There
are a few vital things to know about ourselves. We should become
aware of how much we influence others, how productive we are and
what can help us to achieve our goals. It is important to create an
environment which will promote our success. We should consciously
create a system that would enable us to achieve our goals. Most of us
live in systems which have come our way by an accident, circumstances
or people we have met over a period of time. We are surrounded by
our colleagues or subordinates who happened to be there by the fact
of sheer recruitment earlier or later by the management. Our daily
routines and schedules have been formed on the basis of convenience,
coincidence, and the expectations of society and sometimes due to
superstitions. The trick for success is to have an environment that
helps in attaining our goals. Control your life. Make an effort to launch
your day with a great start. A law of physics says that an object set in
motion tends to remain in motion. It is the same thing with daily
routine. To have a good start each morning will keep you upbeat
during the day. If you begin the day stressed, you will tend to remain so
that way. The best is to create a course of action or conditions where
you are not hassled for being late for a meeting, worried about
household affairs or distracted by happenings in the world.
[B.Tech. IIT-Delhi]
Cover Design
Govind Saini, Om Gocher
Layout :
Mohammed Rafiq
Circulation & Advertisement
Ankesh Jain, Praveen Chandna
Ph (0744)- 3040007, 9001799502
Subscription
Sudha Jaisingh Ph. 0744-2500492, 2500692
Strictly reserved with the publishers
No Portion of the magazine can be

published/ reproduced without the written
permission of the publisher
All disputes are subject to the exclusive
jurisdiction of the Kota Courts only.
Every effort has been made to avoid errors or
omission in this publication. In spite of this, errors
are possible. Any mistake, error or discrepancy
noted may be brought to our notice which shall be
taken care of in the forthcoming edition, hence any
suggestion is welcome. It is notified that neither the
publisher nor the author or seller will be
responsible for any damage or loss of action to any
one, of any kind, in any manner, there from.
Unit Price Rs. 20/-
Special Subscription Rates

6 issues : Rs. 100 /- [One issue free ]
12 issues : Rs. 200 /- [Two issues free]
24 issues : Rs. 400 /- [Four issues free]
Aim to be highly successful. Control the direction of your life. Not only
should you start the day on a cheerful note but also continue to do so
during the day. Keep yourself stimulated and invigorated during the
entire day. Start your day with a purpose. Have a daily direction and
trajectory of action. It will keep you on your course all day long.
Throughout the day reinforce your positive values and your choices.
Anything that helps you in maintaining your highest values and your
most important priorities should be welcome. Be in control of your life
and work. Create and sustain a wonderful environment filled with
beauty, peace, inspiration and hope.
Plan your day in such a way that suits your plans objectives and makes
you feel just right with the right amount of encouragement during the
entire day. You should give a direction to your day and timing.
Presenting forever positive ideas to your success.
Owned & Published by Pramod Maheshwari,

112, Shakti Nagar, Dadabari, Kota & Printed
by Naval Maheshwari, Published & Printed at
112, Shakti Nagar, Dadabari, Kota.
Editor : Pramod Maheshwari

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
Yours truly
Pramod Maheshwari,
B.Tech., IIT Delhi
MARCH 2010
MARCH 2010
Volume-5 Issue-9
March, 2010 (Monthly Magazine)
NEXT MONTHS ATTRACTIONS
CONTENTS
INDEX
Regulars ..........
Key Concepts & Problem Solving strategy for IIT-JEE.

Know IIT-JEE With 15 Best Questions of IIT-JEE
Challenging Problems in Physics, Chemistry & Maths
Much more IIT-JEE News.
Mock Test IIT-JEE Paper 1 & Paper II with Solution
Mock Test AIEEE with Solution
Mock Test BIT SAT with Solution
PAGE
NEWS ARTICLE
IITian ON THE PATH OF SUCCESS
Top medical honchos mull medical courses

in IITs
Promise of IITs, from Mamata
Mr. R. Madhavan
KNOW IIT-JEE
10
Previous IIT-JEE Question
Study Time........
DYNAMIC PHYSICS
Success Tips for the Month
The difference between a successful
person and others is not a lack of strength,
not a lack of knowledge, but rather a lack
of will.
Footprints on the sands of time are not
8-Challenging Problems [Set# 11]

Students Forum
Physics Fundamentals
Matter Waves, Photo-electric Effect
Thermal Expansion, Thermodynamics
CATALYST CHEMISTRY
made by sitting down.

can.
The secret of joy in work is contained in
Six essential qualities that are the key to

success: Sincerity, personal integrity,
humility, courtesy, wisdom, charity.
Continuous efforts - not strength or

intelligence - is the key to unlocking our
potential.
We can do anything we want to do if we

stick to it long enough.
The path to success is to take massive,

determined action.
32
Key Concept
Purification of Organic Compounds
Boron & Carbon Family
Understanding: Inorganic Chemistry
To succeed, we must first believe that we
one word - excellence. To know how to

do something well is to enjoy it.
17
DICEY MATHS
41
Mathematical Challenges
Students Forum
Key Concept
Definite integrals & Area under curves
Probability
Test Time ..........

XTRAEDGE TEST SERIES
51
SOLUTIONS
90
Mock Test IIT-JEE Paper-1 & Paper-2

Mock Test AIEEE
Mock Test BIT SAT
MARCH 2010
Top medical honchos mull

medical courses in IITs
New Delhi: If the proposal of the
Health secretary K Sujatha Rao
comes into action, then the
premier technology institutes of
the country- the Indian Institutes
of Technology (IITs) would soon
see doctors passing out from the
premier institute.
Rao, in order to gain the
consensus of various top honchos
from top ministries, directors of
medical institutes and chairmen of
medical councils, who have been
invited in a meeting by the health
secretary today, will determine
whether allowing institutes like
IITs to teach medicine will "help
medical education or dilute its
quality." Those called to attend
include directors of All India
Institute of Medical Sciences
(AIIMS), PGI (Chandigarh), Sanjay
Gandhi Post Graduate Institute
(Lucknow), JIPMER, NIMHANS,
National
Institute
of
Communicable Diseases, National
Institute of Paramedical Sciences
and principal of CMC Vellore. This
will be the first major meeting to
discuss the issue.
Along with eminent doctors like
Dr Ranjit Roychoudhury, Dr Devi
Shetty, Dr Anupam Sibal and
cardiologist Dr K Srinath Reddy,
chairman of the Medical Council
and the Nursing Council of India
will also attend the meeting.
The main pointers of the meeting
would be to discuss major issues:
if MBBS programme can be
introduced at IITs, replacing the
existing Medical Dental, Nursing
and Pharma Councils of India to
create the National Council for
Human Resource in Health

(NCHRH) - as the overarching
regulatory body and will address
the medical personnel crunch in
India.
An official from the health ministry
said that, "We would like to know
the experts views in order to
understand the feasibility of the
proposal, if starting medical
courses in IITs will boost medical
education in India. Once we
have a consensus of all the
experts we would send it to the
Human Resource Development
(HRD) Ministry for further
consideration."
In about three years, some IITs
like Kharagpur and Hyderabad are
working upon to start medical
schools in about three years.
According to the Ministry officials,
a Memorandum of Understanding
(MoU) has been signed between
IIT Kharagpur and University of
California, San Diego, to set up a
hospital,
which
will
offer
graduate,
postgraduate,
and
research
programmes in medicine and
bio-medical engineering.
IIT
Hyderabad
has
been
expressing its interest to offer MD
degrees in three years. HRD
minister Kapil Sibal in a recent
meeting with IIT directors, had
asked them to expand their
courses.
Promise
Mamata
of
IITs,
from
Mamata Banerjee today promised

a deal with the Union human
resource development ministry to
build schools, colleges and IITs
on railway land.
4
The railway minister said she was

in talks with the HRD ministry and
a memorandum of understanding
could be signed in a matter of
days.
Railways to sign with IITKharagpur for research

Kolkata : Indian Railways will sign a
Memorandum of Understanding
(MoU) with the Indian Institute
of Technology, Kharagpur (IIT-K)
to
promote
research
and
development in the organisation,
Railway Minister Mamata Banerjee
said here on Wednesday.
"We are going to sign a MoU
with the IIT-K on February
13, 2010, to promote research
and development activities for the
railways," Banerjee said after
inaugurating
a
computerised
reservation counter in southern
part of Kolkata. "We may float
scholarships for IIT-K students to
carry out research activities," she
said.
The minister announced two new
trains for West Bengal. "Two new
trains would be flagged off on
February 13. One from JhargramPurulia and another MedinipurJhargram." She said the railways
would also provide its land for
setting up 372 diagnostic centres,
44 first-class hospitals and 88
second-class hospitals across the
country.
MARCH 2010
"We'll provide land and the Union

Health Ministry will develop the
medical infrastructure on those
lands. We have already signed a
MoU with the Union Health
Ministry to develop such health
projects," Banerjee said. IANS
Indo-German Computer Centre
inaugurated at IIT Delhi
An Indo-German Max Planck
Centre on Computer Science
(IMPECS) was inaugurated at the
Indian Institute of Technology,
Delhi (IIT-D) here on Wednesday
by Mr. Prithviraj Chavan, Minister
of Science & Technology and Earth
Sciences along with H.E. Mr. Horst
Koehler, President of the Federal
Republic of Germany.
IMPECS will be engaged in
collaborative basic research in
Computer Science between Indian
and German scientists and serve
as a bridge between computer
scientific communities from both
sides. The Centre will act as a
center of excellence for faculty
and students from both sides.
The research areas envisaged
under the Indo-German Computer
Centre would be Algorithms and
Complexity,
Database
and
Information Retrieval; Graphics
and Vision and Networking.
It would also engage researchers
from institutes including Tata
Institute of Fundamental Research,
Mumbai; Indian Institute of
Technology, Kanpur (IIT-K); Indian
Institute of Technology, Bombay
(IIT-B) and Indian Institute of
Technology, Madras (IIT-M) - from
the Indian side and Max Planck
Institute for informatics (MP-INF),
Saarbruecken from the German
side.
The Centre is expected to benefit
both countries. The major benefits
for India would be further
strengthening of the research base
in Computer Science that would
develop expertise of highest
caliber needed by academia and
industry.
Germany would benefit through
improved collaboration with leading
Indian scientists and a highly visible

outpost with highly professional
environment and large pool of
young talent.
The Indo-German Centre on
Computer Centre has been set up
jointly by Department of Science
& Technology (Govt. of India) and
Max Planck Society of Germany
under the over-all aegis of IndoGerman
S&T
Cooperation
programme for an initial duration
of 5 years at a total cost of
approximately Rs.12 crores from
Indian side by DST and
approximately 2 million Euros by
Max Planck Society from German
side.
The concept of setting-up the
Indo-German Centre on Computer
Science in India was discussed
during the visit of German
Chancellor to India in October
2007.
Dr. T. Ramasami, Secretary,
Department
of
Science
&
Technology, Prof Peter Gruss,
President Max Planck Society,
Germany and Prof Surendra
Prasad, Director, Indian Institute
of Technology, Delhi were the
guest of honour during the
inauguration function.
'Spectacular years ahead

in space' - former ISRO
chief
New Delhi: "The last 50 years of
space have been fantastic while
the next 50 years will be
spectacular," remarked Prof. U R
Rao, former chairman ISRO,
delivering
his
lecture
on
"Challenges in Space" in the 97th
Indian Science Congress. The
space age began with the launch
of Sputnik-I, 52 years ago from
the
former
Soviet
Union.
Since then, plenty of satellites have
been launched. The Cosmic
Background Radiation Explorer
(COBE) launched in 1989,
confirmed the prediction made by
the Big Bang theory.
The
Wilkinson
Microwave
Anisotropy Probe and recently
launched Herschel and Plank have
5
contributed a lot to the study of

the universe.
Dr. Rao, enumerated nine great
challenges in space as food
security,
energy
security,
environmental security, resource
security, space security, space
transportation, search for life,
exploration of the universe and
colonisation of Mars.
"The per capita food productivity
of India which is currently about
1.7 ton/ ha should be increased to
about 4 tons/ha by 2050 to meet
the growing food requirements.
This can be done by initiating
a new green revolution that
requires the application of space
technology along with biological
inputs," he observed.
"Space technology can be used for
better meteorological forecasting
which would help mitigate the
consequences of disasters," he
added.
Dr. Rao stressed the importance
of energy security for industrial
expansion,
agriculture
and
infrastructure growth.
He explained with figures that per
capita energy usage of India is far
lower than other developed and
developing nations like U.S (15
times more), EU (7.5 times more)
and China (2.3 times more).
"Space technology can play a
significant role in coping with
India's energy deficit by the better
utilisation of energy resources as
well as by learning the effects of
global warming, carbon dioxide
emission and so on," he added.
Three
students
bag
Manmohan Singh scholarship
at Cambridge
New Delhi: Three students from
Bangalore, Kolkata and Mumbai
are set to receive the 2010
Manmohan Singh scholarship to
fund their undergraduate studies
at the University of Cambridge.
For 2010, the scholarship will be
given to Neal Duggal from Mallya
Aditi
International
School,
Bangalore, Jesika Haria from
Dhirubhai Ambani International
MARCH 2010
School, Mumbai, and Rudrajit

Banerjee from The Cambridge
School, Kolkata.
Neal Duggal and Jesika Haria have
received conditional offers of
places at St John's College and
Emmanuel College, Cambridge, to
study for degrees in Economics
and Engineering respectively, while
Rudrajit Banerjee has received an
unconditional offer to study
Natural Sciences at Christ's
College, Cambridge, the university
said in a statement on Tuesday.
The Manmohan Singh Undergraduate Scholarship programme
was established in 2009 in honour
of India's Prime Minister who
graduated from the Cambridge
varsity with a first class in
Economics in the late 1950s. Singh
was also awarded an honorary
doctorate by the university in 2006.
The scholarship is awarded to
students who have received an
offer of a place at the University of
Cambridge. Two of the three
places offered by University of
Cambridge are conditional on
these students achieving specific
grades. The scholarship programme
will provide full funding, covering
fees and maintenance for undergraduate study at the Cambridge.
IANS
Srikanth
Jagabathula,
President of India gold
medal winner.
Internet connectivity in rural areas
at cheap rates? Well, this could be
a reality if Srikanth's dream comes
true.
Meet Srikanth Jagabathula, IIT's
pride, the President of India gold
medal winner for 2005-06 for
scoring the highest marks among
all batches at Indian Institute of
Technology-Bombay. After an
enviable stint at the IIT, Srikanth is
all set to fly to the United States
to pursue his studies at the
prestigious Massachusetts Institute
of Technology. After five years he
plans to come back to Indian to
start his own communications
company.
As a kid he dreamt of becoming an

engineer. Somehow he always
thought an engineer's job would
be very fascinating. He heard
about the IIT when he was in the
7th standard. Since then IIT was
his aim. After clearing his 10th
class, he religiously worked
towards cracking the IIT-Joint
Entrance Examination. A rank of
38 at the IIT-JEE meant a smooth
entry into IIT-Bombay. Srikanth,
who hails from Hyderabad, was
always a topper in school.
Mathematics and physics were his
favourite subjects, but he dreaded
biology and chemistry.
World class university to

be set up by Reliance
To promote education and
research in India, the Reliance
Group plans to set up a worldclass university in India. The
university, modeled on the lines of
American universities such as The
University of Pennsylvania will be
set up either in Delhi or Mumbai.
It will be international in scale
and in best practices, but with an
Indian soul.
IITs successfully conducted GATE online in two

subjects
New Delhi: Indian Institutes of
Technology at Bombay, Delhi,
Guwahati, Kanpur, Kharagpur,
Madras, Roorkee and the Indian
Institute of Science Bangalore
successfully conducted online
Graduate Aptitude Test in
Engineering (GATE) 2010 for two
out of 21 papers yesterday.
Examinations in two subjects,
namely Textile Engineering and
Fiber Science (TF), and Mining
Engineering (MN) were conducted
using
computers
by
these
institutes. About 1700 candidates
were
registered
for
these
examinations
which
were
conducted simultaneously in eight
cities over two shifts.
This experiment was conducted in
GATE 2010 this year for the first
time and depending upon the
experience, online examination
6
might be repeated on a larger

scale in subsequent years. The
offline version of the exam in
other 19 papers shall be
conducted all over the country on
Feb 14, 2010.
Graduate
Aptitude
test
in
Engineering (GATE) is an all India
examination administered and
conducted jointly by Indian
Institute of Science and seven
Indian Institutes of Technology
on behalf of the National
Coordination Board - GATE,
Department of Higher Education,
Ministry of Human Resource
Development (MHRD). Admission
to postgraduate programmes
with
MHRD
and
some
other government scholarship/
assistanceship
in
engineering
colleges/institutes is open to those
who qualify through GATE. GATE
qualified
candidates
with
Bachelor's degree in Engineering /
Technology / Architecture or
master's degree in any branch of
Science / Mathematics / Statistics /
Computer Applications are eligible
for admission to master's /
doctoral program in Engineering /
Technology / Architecture as well
as for doctoral programs in
relevant branches of Science with
MHRD or other government
scholarship/assistantship.
Placements in full swing at

IITs
In just over a month, around 70%
of the students at IIT have been
placed. The final placements began
on Dec 1, 2009 and will continue
till March 2010. However, because
of the good response from IT
companies, the IITs hope that the
placements might be wrapped
early. However, last year due to
economic slowdown, the IITs
were able to place only 75-80 per
cent of their student pool. Many
students had to opt for higher
studies or jobs in teaching.
Barclays Bank made the highest
offer of Rs 22 lakh at IITKharagpur for placement at
Singapore.
IIT-Roorkee
also
achieved around.
MARCH 2010
Success Story
This article contains story of a person who get succeed after graduation from different IIT's
Mr. R. Madhavan
Mechanical Engineering, IIT Madras
R. Madhavan IITians who preferred to be different,

rather than get into a corporate rat race. One of the most
interesting themes at this year's Pan-IIT event was the
session on rural transformation. IITians who have chosen
an offbeat career hogged the limelight at the event.
The star at the event was R Madhavan, an alumnus of
IIT-Madras. This is Madhavan's success story as a
farmer. . .
I started my career at the Oil and Natural Gas

Corporation (ONGC). My father refused to give me any
money to start farming. So I asked the officials to let me
work at the offshore sites, on the rigs. The advantage was
that I could work on rigs for 14 days and then take 14
days off. I chose to work on the rigs for nine years,
uninterrupted.
After 4 years, I saved enough money to buy six acres of
land. I bought land at Chengelpet near Chennai. I chose
that land because the plot had access to road and water.
Back in 1989, a man in a pair of trousers aroused curiosity
among the farming community. That was not the image of
a farmer!
PASSION FOR AGRICULTURE

I had a passion for agriculture even when I was young. I
don't know how my love for agriculture started. I only
know that I have always been a nature lover. I used to
have a garden even when I was a teenager. So, from a
home garden, a kitchen garden, I gradually became a
farmer! My mother used to be very happy with the
vegetables I grew.
I became a full fledged farmer in 1993. It was tough in the

beginning. Nobody taught me how to farm. There was no
guidance from the gram sevaks or the University of
Agriculture. I ran from pillar to post but couldn't find a
single scientist who could help me. I burnt my fingers. My
first crop was paddy and I produced 2 tonnes from the six
acres of land, it was pathetic. When I lost all my money,
my father said I was stupid. I told him, it didn't matter as I
was learning. It was trial and error for me for three years.
Until 1997, I was only experimenting by mingling various
systems.
My family was against my ambition of becoming an

agriculturist. So, I had to find a livelihood for myself. I
wrote IIT-JEE and got selected to study at the Indian
Institute of Technology, Madras. I enjoyed studying
mechanical engineering. My intention was to transform
what I study into what I love; mechanisation of
farming. I felt the drudgery in farming is much more
than in any other industry, and no one had looked
into it.
MARCH 2010
LEARNING FROM ISRAEL
In those days, communication was slow. Today, I can get

guidance from Dr Lakshmanan on Skype or Google Talk,
In 1996, I visited Israel because I had heard that they are
or through e-mail. I send him the picture of my problem
the best in water technology. Take the case of corn: they
and ask his guidance. In those days, it took time to
harvest 7 tonnes per acre whereas we produce less than a
communicate. There was no Internet or connectivity.
tonne. They harvest up to 200 tonnes of tomatoes,
That was why it took me four years to learn farming.
whereas here it is 6 tonnes, in similar area of land. I
Today, I would not have taken more than six months or
stayed in one of the kibbutz, which is a co-operative farm
even less to learn the trick!
for 15 days. I understood what we do is quite primitive. It

was an eye opener for me. They treat each plant as an
THE FARMING CYCLE
industry. A plant producing one kilo of capsicum is an
I started crop rotation after 1997. In August, I start with
industry that has 1 kilo output. I learnt from them that we
paddy and it is harvested in December. I plant vegetables
abuse water. Drip irrigation is not only for saving water
in December itself and get the crops in February. After
but it enhances your plant productivity. We commonly
that, it is oil seeds like sesame and groundnut, which are
practice flood irrigation where they just pump water. As
drought-resistant, till May. During May, I go on trips to
per the 2005 statistics, instead of 1 litre, we use 750 litres
learn more about the craft. I come back in June-July and
of water.
start preparations on the land to get ready for August. In
DR. LAKSHMANAN
1999, I bought another four acres. My target is a net

income of Rs 100,000 per annum per acre. I have achieved
I met Dr Lakshmanan, a California-based NRI, who has
up to Rs 50,000.
been farming for the last 35 years on 50-60,000 acres of

land. He taught me farming over the last one decade.
I sell my produce on my own. I have a jeep and bring what
Whatever little I have learnt, it is thanks to him. I knew a
I produce to my house and sell from there. People know
farm would give me much better returns in terms of
that I sell at home. I don't go through any middle man. I
money as well as happiness. Working for money and
take paddy to the mill, hull it and sell it on my own. In the
working for happiness are different. I work and get
future, I have plans to have a mill too. These days, people
happiness. What more do you need?
tell me in advance that they need rice from me. I have no

problem selling my produce.
NO GUIDANCE IN INDIA
I said at one platform that we have to change the
ENGINEERING HELPS IN FARMING
curriculum of the agricultural universities. What they
More than any other education, engineering helps in
teach the students is not how to farm, but how to draw
farming because toiling in the soil is only 20 per cent of
loans from a bank! What they learn cannot be
the work. About 80 per cent of farming needs engineering
transformed to reality or to the villages. The problem in
skills. Science is a must for any farming. I have developed a
the villages is not mentioned in the university. There is a
number of simple, farmer-friendly tools for farming areas
wide gap and it is getting worse.
like seeding, weeding, etc. as we don't have any tools for
MAKING PROFITS
small farmers. If I have 200 acres of land, I can go for food

processing, etc. My next project is to lease land from the
After burning my fingers for four years, from 1997
small farmers for agriculture. The village will prosper with
onwards, I started making profits. Even though it took me
food processing industries coming there. My yield will also
four years, I did not lose hope. I knew this was my path
be more with more land.
ven though I didn't have any guidance from anyone.
Don't compare yourself with anyone in this world.

If you do so, you are insulting yourself. Alen Strike
MARCH 2010
MARCH 2010
KNOW IIT-JEE
By Previous Exam Questions
PHYSICS
2mv 2
l
Given that T = 0 when = 90
2mv 2
00=
v=0
l
M
T 2mg cos =
1.
A cart is moving along + x direction with a velocity

of 4 m/s. A person on the cart throws a stone with a
velocity of 6 m/s relative to himself. In the frame of
reference of the cart the stone is thrown in y-z plane
making an angle of 30 with vertical z axis. At the
highest point of its trajectory, the stone hits an object
of equal mass hung vertically from the branch of a
tree by means of a string of length L. A completely
inelastic collision occurs, in which the stone gets
embedded in the object. Determine:
[IIT-1997]
(i) The speed of the combined mass immediately
after the collision with respect to an observer on
the ground,
(ii) The length L of the string such that the tension in
the string becomes zero when the string becomes
horizontal during the subsequent motion of the
combined mass.
Sol.
= 30, v = 6 m/s
When the stone reaches the point Q, the component
of velocity in the +Z direction (V cos ) becomes
zero due to the gravitational force in the Z direction.
+Z
+Y
V
Vcos
Vsin
P
t = 0 Vx=4m
Q
2mg sin
2mg
Velocity is zero when = 90, i.e., in the
horizontal position.
Applying energy conservation from Q to M, we get
1
V2
(2.5) 2
2mV2 = 2mgl l =
=
= 0.318 m
2 9.8
2
2g
2.
V
Vx=4m/s
X
t=t
Three particles A, B and C, each of mass m, are

connected to each other by three massless rigid rods
to form a rigid, equilateral triangular body of side l.
This body is placed on a horizontal frictioness table
(x-y plane) and is hinged to it at the point A so that it
can move without friction about the vertical axis
through A (see figure). The body is set into rotational
motion on the table about A with a constant angular
velocity .
[IIT-2002]
y
A
The stone has two velocities at Q

(i) Vx in the +X direction (4 m/s)
(ii) V sin in the + Y direction (6 sin 30 = 3 m/s)
The resultant velocity of the stone
V =
2mg cos
(Vx ) 2 + (V sin ) 2
= 4 2 + 32 = 5 m/s
(i) Applying conservation of linear momentum at Q
for collision with an mass of equal magnitude
m 5 = 2m V
[Since the collision is completely inelastic the two
masses will stick together. V is the velocity of
the two masses just after collision]
V = 2.5 m/s
(ii) When the string is undergoing circular motion, at
any arbitrary position
C
B
l
(a) Find the magnitude of the horizontal force exerted
by the hinge on the body.
(b) At time T, when the side BC is parallel to the
x-axis, a force F is applied on B along BC (as
shown). Obtain the x-component and the
y-component of the force exerted by the hinge on
the body, immediately after time T.
10
MARCH 2010
A large open top container of negligible mass and

uniform cross-sectional area A has a small holes of
cross-sectional area A/100 in its die wall near the
bottom. The container is kept on a smooth horizontal
floor and contains a liquid of density and mass m0.
Assuming that the liquid starts flowing out horizontally
through the hole at t = 0, Calculate :
[IIT-2000]
(i) The acceleration of the container and
(ii) The velocity when 75% of liquid drained out
Sol. (i) Let at any instant of time during the flow, the
height of liquid in the container is x.
The velocity of flow of liquid through small hole in
the orifice by Torricelli's theorem is
Sol. The mass B is moving in a circular path centred at A.
3.
The centripetal force (ml ) required for this circular

motion is provided by F. Therefore a force F acts on
A (the hinge) which is equal to ml2. The same is the
case for mass C. Therefore the net force on the hinge is
Fnet = F'2 + F'2 +2F' F' cos 60
Fnet = 2F' 2 +2F' 2
1
= 3 F =
2
3 ml2
Y
A
F
l
60
F
Fnet
The mass of liquid flowing per second through the

orifice
= volume of liquid flowing per second
dm
A
= 2gx
(ii)
dt
100
Therefore the rate of change of momentum of the
system in forward direction
dm
2gx A
v=
(From (i) and (ii))
=
dt
100
The rate of change of momentum of the system in the
backward direction
= Force on backward direction = m a
where m is mass of liquid in the container at the
instant t
m = Vol. density
=Ax
C
B
l
(b) The force F acting on B will provide a torque to
the system. This torque is
l 3
= I
2
3l
= (2ml2)
F
2
3 F
=
4 ml
The total force acting on the system along x-direction
is
F + (Fnet)x
This force is responsible for giving an acceleration ax
to the system.
c.m l
v
The rate of change of momentum of the system
in the backward direction
= Ax a
By conservation of linear momentum
2gxA
Ax a =
100
g
a=
50
3
2
F
Therefore
F + (Fnet)x = 3m(ax) c.m.
3 F
F
F
l
= 3m
Q ax = r =
=
4 ml
4m
3 4
3F
=
4
F
(Fnet)x =
4
(Fnet)y remains the same as before = 3 ml2.
(i)
v = 2gx
(ii) By toricell's theorem v = 2g (0.25h )
where h is the initial height of the liquid in the

container m0 is the initial mass
m
m0 = Ah h = 0
A
11
v =
2g 0.25
m 0 gm 0
=
A 2A
MARCH 2010
An ideal gas is enclosed in a vertical cylindrical

container and supports a freely moving piston of mass
M. The piston and the cylinder have equal crosssectional area A. Atmospheric pressure is P0, and
when the piston is in equilibrium, the volume of the
gas is V0. The piston is now displaced slightly from
its equilibrium position. Assuming that the system is
completely isolated from its surroundings, show that
the piston executes simple harmonic motion and find
[IIT-1981]
the frequency of oscillation.
Sol. Let the piston be displaced by a distance x.
4.
P2 = p0 +
Final pressure on the gas
Mg A 2 x
Ma = p 0 +
A V0
Mg A 2 x
a = p0 +
A V0 M
Comparing it with a = 2x we get

Mg A 2 x
2 = p 0 +
A V0 M
Mg A 2 x
= p0 +
A V0 M
Mg
Mg
+ p ( v 0 Ax )
Then p 0 +
V0 = p 0 +
A
A
Q Initial pressure on the gas P1 = p0 +
If
Mg
A
Mg
is small as compared to p0 then
A
Mg
+p
A
P0
A
V0
5.
where p is the extra pressure due to which the

compression x takes place.
Final volume of the gas V2 = V0 Ax
The above equation can be rearranged as
F
Mg Ax
= p0 +
A
A V0
Mg A 2 x
F = p0 +
A V0
p0
V0 M
A hydrogen-like atom (described by the Bohr model)

is observed to emit six wavelengths, originating from
all possible transitions between a group of levels.
These levels have energies between 0.85 eV and
0.544 eV (including both these values). [IIT-2002]
(Take hc = 1240 eV.nm. Ground state energy of

hydrogen atom = 13.6 eV)
Sol. (a) If x is the difference in quantum number of the
states then x+1C2 = 6 x = 3

n+3
Ax
V
0
n
Smallest
Ax
=
Mg V0
p0 +
A
A
2
(b) Calculate the smallest wavelength emitted in

these transitions.
Mg Ax
p = p0 +
A V0
f=
(a) Find the atomic number of the atom.
Mg
Ax
+ p (V0 Ax)
p
p0 +
1
+
1
A
Mg V0
=
1=
+
p
Mg
0
A
p0 +
V0
p
p
Ax
1=1+
+
Mg
Mg V0 p 0 +
p0 +
A
A
Negligible as p and x are small
p 0 A 2
= 2f
V0 M
Now, we have
and
z (13.6eV)
n2
= 0.85 eV
z 2 (13.6eV)
(n + 3) 2
(i)
= 0.544 eV (ii)
Solving (i) and (ii) we get n = 12 and z = 3

(b) Smallest wavelength is given by
hc
= (0.85 0.544)eV
Solving, we get 4052 nm.
12
MARCH 2010
CH3CH2CH2COOCH2CH3
(A)
CHEMISTRY
6.
LiAlH4
Compound A (C6H12O2) on reduction with LiAlH4

yields two compounds B and C. The compound B on
oxidation gave D, which on treatment with aqueous
alkali and subsequent heating furnished E. The latter
on catalytic hydrogenation gave C. The compound D
was oxidized further to give F which was found to be
a monobasic acid (molar mass : 60.0 g mol1).
Deduce the structures of A, B, C, D and E.
CH3CH2OH
CH3CH2CH2CH2OH
(B)
(C)
[O]
[O]
CH3CHO CH3COOH
(D)
(F)
[H]
aq KOH
CH3CHCH2OH
[IIT-1990]
Sol. The compound A is an ester. The equations involved
in the given reactions are as follows.
The compound F is a monobasic acid (molar mass =
60 g mol1). This may be represented as RCOOH.
From the molar mass of F, it is evident that the molar
mass of R is 15 g mol1 [= (60 45) g mol1]. Hence,
the compound F is CH3COOH (ethanoic acid).
F is obtained by the oxidation of D. Hence, the
compound D must be an aldehyde with the structure
CH3CHO (ethanal). The compound D was obtained
from the oxidation of B which must be an alcohol.
Hence, the structure of B is CH3CH2OH (ethanol). D
undergoes an aldol condensation (treatment with
aqueous alkali) which subsequently gives E on
heating. The reactions involved here are
OH
heating
CH3CH=CHCHO
Alternatively, the compound A may be
CH3COOCH2CH2CH2CH3
(butylacetate)
7. A metallic element crystallizes into a lattice
containing a sequence of layers of ABABAB ......... .
Any packing of spheres leaves out voids in the
lattice. What percentage by volume of this lattice is
empty space ?
[IIT-1996]
Sol. A unit cell of hcp structure is a hexagonal cell, which
is shown in figure (i) & (ii). Three such cells form
one hcp unit.
For hexagonal cell, a = b c; = = 90 and
= 120. It has 8 atoms at the corners and one inside,
8
Number of atoms per unit cell =
+1=2
8
Area of the base = b ON
[From fig.(ii)]
= b a sin 60
. KOH
CH 3CHCH 2 CHO
2CH3CHO aq
|
OH
heating

CH3CH=CHCHO
3 2
a
2
(Q b = a)
The reduction of E gives compound C. Hence, we

have
H]
CH 3CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH
CH3CH=CHCHO [
( C)
Finally, the structure of A can be obtained from the

two alcohols (CH3CH2OH and CH3CH2CH2CH2OH)
produced on treating A with LiAlH4. Thus, we have
c
b
a
4
CH 3CH 2 CH 2 COOCH 2 CH 3 LiAlH
(A)
Figure (i)
Volume of the hexagonal cell
CH 3CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH + CH 3CH 2 OH
( C)
(B)
= Area of the base height =
Thus, the reactions involved are as follows.
But c =
13
2 2
3
3 2
a .c
2
a
MARCH 2010

3 2 2 2
a .
a = a3 2
=
2
3
or H 0C 2 H 6 = 20 kcal mol1
From eq. (ii)

H 0reactant = 3 H 0CO 2 + 4 H 0H 2O H 0C3H8
a
2
Hence, fraction of total volume or atomic packing factor
Volume of 2 atoms
=
O
and radius of the atom, r =
or 530.0
= 3 (94.0) + 4 (68.0) H 0C3H8
or H 0C3H8
= 24 kcal mol1
H 0reactant = 2 [C(s) C(g)] + 6 1 H 2 H

2
60
[1 C C + 6 C H]
or
20 = 2 172.0 + 3 104.0
[1 C C + 6 C H]
or [1 C C + 6 C H] = 676 kcal mol1
From eq. (iv),
N b
figure (ii)
3
4 a
4
2
2 r 3
3 2
3
=
=
3
a 2
a3 2
= 0.74 = 74%
=
3 2
The percentage of void space = 100 74 = 26%
...(v)
[2 C C + 8 C H]
24 = 3 172.0 + 4 104.0
[2 C C + 8 C H]
or [2 C C + 8 C H] = 956 kcal mol1
...(vi)
Solving eq. (v) and eq. (vi), we get
Bond energy of C C bond = 82 kcal mol1
Bond energy of C H bond = 99 kcal mol1
or
The electrode reactions for charging of a lead storage

battery are
PbSO4 + 2e Pb + SO42
PbSO4 + 2H2O PbO2 + SO42 + 4H+ + 2e
The electrolyte in the battery is an aqueous solution
of sulphuric acid. Before charging the specific
gravity of the liquid was found to be 1.11 (15.7%
H2SO4 by weight). After charging for 100 hours, the
specific gravity of the liquid was found to be 1.28
(36.9% H2SO4 by weight). If the battery contained
two litres of the liquid, calculate the average current
used for charging the battery. Assume that the
volume of the battery liquid remained constant during
charging.
[IIT-1972]
100
Sol. Volume of 100 g of 15.7% H2SO4 =
= 90.9 ml
1.11
90.9 ml of 15.7% H2SO4 contains = 15.7 g H2SO4
2.0 L of 15.7% H2SO4 contains
15.7 1000 2.0
=
90.9
= 345.43 g H2SO4
100
Volume of 100 g of 36.9% H2SO4 =
= 78.125 ml
1.28
78.125 ml of 36.9% H2SO4 contains = 36.9 g H2SO4
2.0 L of 36.9% H2SO4 contains
36.9 1000 2.0
=
= 944.64 g H2SO4
78.125
9.
H 0Combustion (propane) = 530.0

H for C (graphite) C(g) = 172.0
Bond energy of H H = 104.0
H 0f of H2O (l) = 68.0
H 0f of CO2(g) = 94.0
[IIT-1990]
Sol. Given that,
7
C2H6(g) + O2(g) 2CO2(g) + 3H2O(l)
2
H = 372.0 kcal mol1
...(i)
C3H8(g) + 5O2(g) 3CO2(g) + 4H2O(l)
H = 530.0 kcal mol1
...(ii)
0
H for C(gr) C(g) = 172.0 kcal mol1
Bond energy of H H = 104.0 kcal mol1
H 0f of H2O(l) = 68.0 kcal mol1
H 0f of CO2(g) = 94.0 kcal mol1
To find,
2C(g) + 6H(g) C2H6(g)
H = ? ...(iii)
3C(g) + 8H(g) C3H8(g)
H = ? ...(iv)
and hence the bond energy of C C and C H bonds.
We know that,
H 0reaction = H 0product H 0reactant
From eq. (i),

H 0reactant = 2 H 0CO 2 + 3 H 0H 2O H 0C 2 H 6
= 2 (94.0) + 3 (68.0) H 0C 2 H 6
H 0reactant = 3 [C(s) C(g)] + 8 1 H 2 H
Using the data (all values are in kilocalories per mole

at 25C) given below, calculate the bond energy of
C C and C H bonds.
H 0Combustion (ethane) = 372.0
or 372.0
[for eq.(iv)]
H 0reactant = Sum of bond energies of reactants

Sum of bond energies of products
From eq.(iii),
8.
[for eq.(iii)]
14
MARCH 2010
Amount of H2SO4 formed after charging

= 944.64 345.43 = 599.21 g
The overall reaction is
Pb + PbO2 + 2H2SO4 2PbSO4 + 2H2O
98 g H2SO4 (2 1 + 32 + 4 16) required
= 1 F electricity
599.21
F electricity
599.21 g H2SO4 requires =
98
599.21
96500 C electricity
=
98
We know,
Q = It
Given that,
t = 100 hrs = 100 3600 s
Q
599.21 96500
I=
=
A = 1.638 A
t
98 100 3600
Current used for charging battery = 1.638 ampere
or
log K p 2 = 1.507 = 2 .493

K p 2 = Antilog 2 .493 = 3.122 102
or
PH 2O = K p 2 = 3.122 102 atm
(c)
CO(g) + H2O(l)
Initial
Pressure
1
Pressure at
Equlibrium 1 x
Hence,
or x2 + 3124x 3121 = 0
or x =
K p 3 = K p1 . K p 2 =
or 1.00 105 3.122 102 =
10. Given the following standard free energies of

formation at 25C : CO(g) = 32.807,
CO2(g) = 94.260, H2O(g) = 54.635,
H2O (l) = 56.69 kcal mol1.
(a) Find G and the equilibrium constant Kp for the
reaction
CO(g) + H2O(g)
CO2(g) + H2(g) at 25C.
(b) Find the vapour pressure of H2O at 25C.
(c) If CO, CO2 and H2 are mixed so that the partial
pressure of each is 1.00 atm and the mixture is
brought into contact with excess liquid H2O, what
will be the partial pressure of each gas when
equilibrium is attained at 25C. The volume available
to the gases is constant.
[IIT-1973]
Sol. Given that,
G 0f (CO) = 32.807 kcal mol1
CO2(g) + H2(g)
1+x
PCO 2 .PH 2
1
1+x
PCO
(1 + x )(1 + x )
1 x
b b 2 4ac
2a
3124 (3124) 2 [4 1 (3121)
= 0.9987
2 1
PCO = 1 x = 1 0.9987 = 1.3 103 atm
PH 2 = PCO 2 = 1 + x = 1 + 0.9987 = 1.9987 atm
=
MATHEMATICS
11. Complex numbers z1, z2, z3 are the vertices A, B, C
respectively of an isosceles right angled triangle with
right angle at C. Show that
(z1 z2)2 = 2(z1 z3) (z3 z2)
[IIT-1986]
Sol. Since, is right angled isosceles .
Rotating z2 about z3 in anticlock wise direction
through an angle of /2, we get
A(z1)
G 0f (CO2) = 94.260 kcal mol1

G 0f [H2O (g)] = 54.635 kcal mol1
G 0f [H2O(l) = 56.69 kcal mol1

(a) For the reaction,
CO2(g) + H2(g)
CO(g) + H2O(g)
0
0
0
G reaction = G f (CO2) G f [H2O(g)] G 0f (CO)
= 94.260 ( 54.635) (32.807)
= 6.818 kcal = 6818 cal
Also, G0 = 2.303 RT log K p1
B(z3)
z 2 z3
| z z 3 | i/2
= 2
e
z1 z 3
| z1 z 3 |
where, |z2 z3| = |z1 z3|
(z2 z3) = i(z1 z3)
squarring both sides we get,
(z2 z3)2 = (z1 z3)2
z22 + z32 2z2z3 = z12 z32 + 2z1z3
z12 + z22 2z1z2 = 2z1z3 + 2z2z3 2z32 2z1z2
(z1 z2)2 = 2{(z1z3 z32) + (z2z3 z1z2)}
(z1 z2)2 = 2(z1 z3) (z3 z2)
6818 = 2.303 1.987 298 log K p1

or log K p1 = 5.00
or K p1 = Antilog 5.00 = 1.00 105 atm
(b) For the reaction,
H2O(l)
G 0reaction
H2O(g)
Also,
=
[H2O(g) ] G 0f [H2O(l)]
= 54.635 ( 56.69)
= 2.055 kcal = 2055 cal
G0 = 2.303 RT log K p 2
2055 = 2.303 1.987 298 log K p 2
G 0f
C(z2)
12. The fourth power of the common difference of arithmetic

progression with integer entries is added to the
product of any four consecutive terms of it. Prove that
resulting sum is the square of an integer. [IIT-2000]
15
MARCH 2010
Sol. Let four consecutive terms of the A.P. are

a 3d, a d, a + d, a + 3d which are integers. Again
P = (a 3d) (a d) (a + d) (a + 3d) + (2d)4
(by given condition)
= (a2 9d2)(a2 d2) + 16d4
= a4 10a2d2 + 9d4 + 16d4
= (a2 5d2)2
Now, a2 5d2 = a2 9d2 + 4d2
= (a 3d)(a + 3d) + (2d)2
= I.I + I2 (given)
= I 2 + I2
= I2
= I (where I is any integer)
Therefore, P = (I)2 = Integer
13. Evaluate :
Sol. I =
(cos 2x )1/ 2
dx
sin x
2I =
cos + cos
cos (1 + cos
(1 + cos 2 ) 2 cos 2
f(sin 2x) . (sin x + cos x) dx
/ 4
f(sin 2x) . (sin x + cos x) dx

/ 4
= 2 2
I=
Hence,
=
cos
/ 4
/4
f(cos 2x) . cos x dx
/2
f(sin(2x)) . sin x dx
/ 4
15. Find the area bounded by the curves,

x2 + y2 = 25, 4y = |4 x2| and x = 0 above the x-axis.
[IIT-1987]
Sol. Here, x2 + y2 = 25, 4y = |4 x2| could be sketched as,
whose point of intersection could be obtained by
y
5
d
d
1 + cos
= log |sec + tan | + 2

= log |sec + tan | +
= log |cot x +
O
4
cos
2 sin
dt
2t
1
= log |sec + tan | + 2.
2 2
2 + sin
+c
2 sin
2 + 1 tan x
2 1 tan 2 x
+c
14. Show that

f (sin 2x ) sin xdx =
/4
0
f (cos 2 x ) cos x dx
[IIT-1990]
(4 x )
= 25
16
2
2
(x + 24) (x 16) = 0 x = 4
Required area
4
2 4 x 2
4 2

dx x 4 dx
25 x 2 dx
= 2
0
2
0
4
4
4
x
25 1 x
2
25 x + sin
= 2
2
5 0
2
2
4

1
x 3
1 x 3
25
4x

4x = 8+
4
3
4 3
4
2
0
x2 +
log
45
, where sin = t
log
cot 2 x 1 |
cos (1 + cos 2 )
= sec d + 2
/2
/ 2
...(2)
f(sin 2x) sin x + dx

0
4
/ 4
= 2 2
f sin 2 x . sin x + dx
0
4
4
f sin 2 x .sin x dx
2
2
f{sin 2x} . cos x dx
= 2 2
1 cos 2
...(1)
f (sin 2 x ) sin xdx
/2
/2
=2
[IIT-1987]
adding (1) and (2), we get
cos 2 x sin 2 x
=
dx =
cot 2 x 1 dx
sin x
putting, cot x = sec
cosec2x dx = sec tan d.
We get,
sec . tan
I=
sec 2 x 1 .
d
(1 + sec 2 )
1 + sec 2
sin 2
/ 2
Then, I =
(cos 2x )1/ 2
dx
sin x
sec . tan
Sol. Let, I =
16
MARCH 2010
Physics Challenging Problems
Set #11
This section is designed to give IIT JEE aspirants a thorough grinding & exposure to variety
of possible twists and turns of problems in physics that would be very helpful in facing IIT
JEE. Each and every problem is well thought of in order to strengthen the concepts and we
hope that this section would prove a rich resource for practicing challenging problems and
enhancing the preparation level of IIT JEE aspirants.
By : Dev Sharma
Director Academics, Jodhpur Branch
So lutions will b e p ub lished in nex t issue

4.
Passage # 1 (Q. No. 1 to 4)

For the given phasor diagrams of AC circuit power
factor seems to be same i.e. cos but the nature of the
circuit is entirely different so to distinguish we use the
following codes
I
V
Passage # 2 (Q. No. 5 to 7)
A circular platform, 5.0m in radius, has pair of 600Hz

sirens, mounted on posts at opposite ends of a
diameter. The platform rotates with an angular
velocity of 0.80 rad/s. A stationary listener is located
at a large distance from the platform. The speed of
sound is 350 m/ sec.
V
I
Phasor Diagram -1 Phasor Diagram -2
For circuit-1 Power factor cos (lagging)Inductive
nature
For circuit-2 Power factor cos (leading)Capacitive
nature
For a circuit shown in figure when V = 200 volt and
f = 50 Hz then the voltmeter reading is zero.
R = 10
V/f
When source frequency get varied then the power

1
1
factor becomes
(lagging) and freq. f2 and
2
2
(leading) at frequency f1 then.
Which frequency relation(s) is/are correct (A) f > f1 > f2
(B) f < f1 < f2
(C) f1 < f < f2
(D) f2 < f < f1
2.
Value of f = f2 f1 is 1 R
(A)
(B)
.
2 L
1 2R
(D)
(C)
.
2 L
3.
1 R
.
2 2L
1 4R
.
2 R
In situation the longest wavelength reaching the

listener from the sirens, in cm, is closest to (A) 58.3
(B) 59.6 (C) 59.0
(D) 57.7
6.
In situation, the highest siren frequency heard by the

listener in S.I. units, is closest to (A) 605
(B) 607
(C) 611
(D) 609
7.
In situation, the listener mounts on a bicycle and rides

directly away from the platform with a speed of 4.5
m/sec. The highest siren frequency heard by the
listener, in SI units, is given by (A) 599 Hz
(B) 585.6 Hz
(C) 607 Hz
(D) 614 Hz
8.
Figure shows a pulse travelling in the x-direction in a

string stretched along x-axis. Then
y
x
2
3
distance (in meter)
Acceleration of particle at x = 1 m is in +ve ydirection
Velocity of particle at x = 1m is in-ve y-direction
Velocity of particle at x =1 m is zero
None of these
1
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
Value of watt less current when frequency is f1

(A) 5 2 Amp.
(C) 10 Amp.
5.
1.
Value of charge on capacitor at frequency f

(A) (5)1 cb
(B) 10 cb
(C) 10 cb
(D) can not be calculated as the value of C is not known
(B) 10 2 Amp.
(D) Zero Amp.
17
MARCH 2010
Solution
Physics Challenging Problems

Qu e s tio ns we r e Pub lis he d in Feb rua ry I ssu e
[D]
As the magnetic field and area vector of the
coil are in same direction so the magnetic flux passing
through the coil is
1.
4
= 4. 0 = 8coulomb
2
As 96500 C = 1 Faraday
1
1
8C =
8 Faraday As
=x
So
96500
96500
So induced charge = 8x faraday
= B . S . = Bs cos 0
= B( r 2 )(1)
Induced emf. e N
d
at
n = 1 single turn coil
d
d
d
= () = (Br 2 )
dt
dt
dt
dB
e = r 2
As B = B0 + B1 t2
dt
dB
= 0 + 2B1 t
e = r 2 .[2B.t ] So
dt
e = r2 2(2)t = 42.t
... (i)
e = 4r2t
e 4r 2 .t
as r =
Induced current i = =
R
R
i = 4t
... (ii)
[A]
The forces working on metallic rod
Fm = i L.B.
Net force working on rod
Fnet = Mg i. LB
vBL
.LB
= Mg
R
vB 2 L2
= Mg
R
Fm = i L.B.
5.
e=
2.
[B]
Induced current i = 4t
3.
[C]
RMS value of current

T
1 2
i dt =
T
RMS
I =
RMS
Fg = Mg
vB2 L2
R
a = acceleration of metallic rod ab
vB2 L2
or
acceleration = a = g
MR
dv
v B 2 L2
=g
= g kV
or
acceleration
dt
MR
B 2 L2
Here k =
MR
dv
dv
= g kv
= dt
g kv
dt
Integrating on both sides
Fnet = Ma = Mg
So at t = 0 i = 0
1 2
i dt ......(i)
2
4.
[A]
1
8
8
.16. =
Amp.
2
3
3
2
dv
= dt
g kv
t2
Induced charge q = idt = 4tdt = 4
2
t3
8
As i dt = (4t ) dt = 16 = 16. 0 = 16(8 / 3)
3
3 0
0
0
2
e
e
4r 2 .t
=
=
Induced electric field E =
dist. 2r
2r
E = 2rt
... (iii)
Option (D) is correct, as induced electric field varies
linearly with time for given value of radius.
I =
Set # 10
1
1
1
ln(g kv) = t ln(g kv) lng = t
k
k
k
0
18
g kv
1 g kv
ln
=t
= e kt
k
g
g
MARCH 2010
v
v
= e kt k = 1 e kt
g
g
1 k
and
g
v = (1 ekt)
k
acceleration a =
7.
8.
[A] Area traversed by rod = x.L
x distance travelled down and in time t
B 2 L2
where k =
MR
So, Areal velocity =
[A] Acceleration a = gekt
When t = 1/k a = g.e
for t = 1/k
g
(1 e 1 ) = .63 (maximum velocity)
k
Time after which velocity is 63% of maximum
velocity is t = 1/k = MR / B2L2
acceleration a = gekt
6.
g
(1 e kt )
k
v=
dv g
g
= e kt (k ) = e kt
k
dt k
g
v = (1 e kt )
k
[A] Velocity v =
k.
1
k
= g.e 1 = .37g
dA
dt
d
dx
d
( A ) = ( xL) = L.
= L.v
dt
dt
dt
g
= L. (1 e kt )
k
Acceleration a = 37 (maximum acceleration)

So time after which acceleration is 37% of maximum
Areal velo.=
acceleration is t = 1/k = MR/B2L
gL
(1 ekt)
k
Why cant the Sun melt Snow?

There are some things in nature that have a great capacity to toss back or
reflect a great deal of the suns light that falls on them. One of them is snow.
Newly formed snow reflects about 90 per cent of the sunlight that falls upon it.
This means that the sun is powerless to melt clean snow. And when snow does
melt, it is not because of the sunlight. Snow does not melt on a spring day because
of the suns heat. It melts because of the warm air from the sea.
After snow becomes ice, a different problem arises. Clean ice absorbs about
two-thirds of the sunlight that hits it - but ice is transparent enough for the light to
penetrate quite a long way (10 metres or more) before the absorption takes place.
It is remarkable what profound results follow from this simple property of transparency to sunlight. If, instead
of penetrating deeply, the light were absorbed in a shallow surface layer of ice, the summer sun would quickly raise
the temperature of the thin surface layer to melting point. And almost immediately, the water would run off. But
when the sunlight penetrates a thick layer of ice before it can be absorbed, it cannot raise the temperature of the ice
to melting point quickly enough. When the ice is very cold, the whole summer passes before any melting occurs at all.
This is what happens today in the Antarctic, just as it must have happened in northern Europe during an Ice Age.
Just imagine, if by magic, ice were suddenly made opaque to light, the glaciers that exist today would melt away
in a few years, raising the sea level by 60 metres or more. It would flood at least half the worlds population. Simply
amazing how so much depends on so simple a physical property! Clouds toss back about 50 per cent of the light that
hits them. Ice and deserts reflect 35 per cent. Land areas are generally a good deal lower in reflectivity - usually 10 to
20 per cent, depending on the nature of vegetation.
Oceans, which cover 71 per cent of the Earths surface, are least reflective of all - only about three per cent.
That is why oceans appear dark in pictures of the Earth taken from the Moon or from artificial satellites. When all the
sources of reflection are added together, our planet is found to turn back into space some 36 per cent of the solar
radiation falling upon it.
19
MARCH 2010
Students' Forum
Experts Solution for Question asked by IIT-JEE Aspirants
PHYSICS
1.
Two circular rings A and B, each of radius a = 30 cm,

are placed coaxially with their axes vertical s shown in
Fig. Distance between centres of these rings is h = 40
cm. Lower ring A has a positive charge of 10 C, while
upper ring B has a negative charge of 20 C. A particle
of mass m = 100gm carrying a positive charge of q = 10
C is released from rest at the centre of the ring A.
Considering its free body diagram (Fig.),
(i) Calculate initial acceleration of the particle.
(i) to increase its gravitational potential energy by

mgh and
ma = F mg
a = 47.6 ms2
or
Ans.(i)
When particle is released, it starts moving upwards.

During its motion, work is done by electric forces
acting on it. That work is used in two ways
(ii) Calculate velocity of particle when it reaches at

the centre of upper ring B.
(ii) to provide kinetic energy
(g = 10 ms )
1
mv2 to the particle.
2
But work done by electric field is W = q (V1 V2)

a
where V1 is potential at centre of ring A

and
Sol. Since, Initially particle was at centre of lower ring A,

therefore, no force acts on the particle due to charge
of this ring. At initial moment, two forces act on the
particle :
(i) its weight mg =0.1 10 = 1 Newton (downwards)
V2 is potential at centre of ring B.
V1 =
1
1 q1
+
4 0 a 4 0
V2 =
1
.
40
q1
a2 + h2
q2
2
a +h
= 6 104 volt
q
1
. 2 = 42 104 volt
40 a
W = q (V1 V2) = 3.6 joule
But
W = mgh +
v = 8 ms1.
1
mv2
2
Ans. (ii)
(ii) force F exerted by the charge on ring B.

This force, F =
2.
q 2h
1
q
4 0 (a 2 + h 2 ) 3 / 2
where
q2 = 20 C (charge on ring B)
F = 5.76 Newton (upwards)
In the circuit shown in Fig., C1 = 5 F, C2 = 2.9 F,

C3 = 6 F, C4 = 3 F and C5 = 7 F.
If in steady state potential difference between points
A and B is 11 volt, calculate potential difference
across C5.
C1
Let acceleration of the particle be a.

F
C2
C4
C3
ma
A
mg
20
C5
+
MARCH 2010
Sol. In the given circuit capacitors C4 and C5 are in series

with each other while capacitor C2 is in parallel with
this series combination. Then capacitors C3, C1 and
above said combination are in series with each other.
Current density in each plate is j per unit width.

Calculate
(i) magnetic induction in space between the plates
and
When steady state is reached, no current flows

through the circuit. To analyse the given circuit, it
may be assumed that a charge q1 leaves the battery
from its positive terminal and flows from A to B.
This charge first reaches lower plate of capacitor C3.
Hence, this plate becomes positively charged and
upper plate negatively charged. Now charge q1
reaches the capacitor C1. Its left plate becomes
positively charged and right plate negatively charged.
Now charge q1 reaches the junction B. From where it
gets divided into two parts. Let a charge q2 flow
through series combination of capacitors C4 and C5.
Then a charge (q1 q2) flows through capacitor C2.
(ii) force acting per unit area of each plate.

Sol. If a large plate carries a current which is uniformly
distributed over its width, then a uniform magnetic
field is established around it.
If a section of plate, which is normal to the direction

of flow of current, is considered then it will be as
shown in Fig.
P
C2
q1
q1
Fig. (1)
Let magnetic induction of the field induced due to
current in one plate be B.
q2
C5
Considering a length l in the section as shown in

Fig.(1) and applying Amperes's Circuital Law,
B. 2l = 0 (lj) or
It is given that potential difference (VA VB) is equal

to 11 volt,
or
Now consider an elemental width dx in the section of

upper plate as shown in Fig.(2). This elemental width
is similar to a long straight conductor carrying
current di = jdx
(q1 q 2 ) q 2 q 2
= 0 or q2 = 12.6 C
C2
C5 C 4
Potential difference across C5 =

3.
dx
q2
= 1.8 volt Ans.
C5
System shown in Fig. consists of two large parallel

metallic plates carrying current in opposite directions.
Fig. (2)
Magnetic induction at this conductor due to current in
lower plate is B =
1
0j
2
Resultant magnetic field induction between the

plates = 2B = 0j
Ans. (i)
11C1C 3
q1 =
= 30 C
C1 + C 3
Now applying Kirchhoff's voltage law on mesh

BCDEB,
B=
But there are two plates which carry equal current but
in opposite directions. Therefore, magnetic fields due
to these currents, in the space between the plates are
unidirectional.
Since terminal A is connected with positive terminal

of the battery, therefore, potential of A is higher than
that of B.
q
q
+ 1 + 1 = 11
C 3 C1
q2
B S
(q1 q2)
C4
C3
Hence, in steady state charges on different capacitors

will be as shown in Fig.
C1
Q B
21
1
0j (leftward)
2
MARCH 2010
Volume (at atmospheric pressure) of air to be

pumped in is
Hence, force on this conductor, dF = B di per unit

length
or
dF =
V = V1 V0 = 10.5 103 m3
1
0j2 dx
2
Volume (at atmospheric pressure) of air pumped in

each stroke is
per unit length
v = 500 cm3 = 0.5 103 m3
But area of unit length of the conductor considered =

1. dx = dx
Number of strokes required
dF
Force per unit area of upper plate =
dx
=
4.
1
0j2 Ans. (ii)
2
5.
Tyre of a bicycle has volume 2000 cm3. Initially, the

tube is filled to 0.75 of its volume by air at
atmospheric pressure of P0 = 105 Nm2. Area of
contact of tyre with road is A = 24 cm2 when total
mass of bicycle and its rider is m = 120 kg. Calculate
the number of strokes of pump, which delivers v =
500 cm3 volume of air in each stroke, required to
inflate the tyre.
= 21
Ans.
Sol. Atmospheric pressure, P0 = 105 Nm2
Air
Increase in pressure (due to weight of bicycle and its

rider)
The medium has a variable index of refraction (y)

given by = (0.25 + ky2)1/2 where k = 1.0 m2.
Calculate equation for trajectory of the ray in the
medium.
120 10
mg
=
Nm2 = 5 105 Nm2
4
A (24 10 )
Final pressure of air in the tube,
Sol. If there are two transparent slabs having coefficients

of refraction 1 and 2 and a ray is incident from air
on first slab at angle i then it first refracts at interface
of air and first slab as shown in fig.(1) and then at
interface of two slabs. Let these angles of refraction
be and r respectively.
P2 = 105 + (5 105) = 6 105 Nm2

Final volume of air in the tube,
V2 = 2000 cm3 = 2 103 m3
Let temperature be T.
Finally, number of moles of air in the tube
(1)
PV
(6 10 5 ) (2 10 3 )
n= 2 2 =
RT
RT
Volume of these moles at atmospheric pressure,
nRT (6 10 5 ) (2 10 3 ) 3
V1 =
=
m
P0
10 5
= 12 103 m3
(2)
Fig. (1)
Initially, volume of air in tube (at atmospheric

pressure) is V0 = 0.75 2000 cm3
Applying Snell's law at point A,

sin i
sin i
= 1 or sin =
sin
1
= 1.5 103 m3
0.5 10 3
A ray of light travelling in air is incident at angle

= 30 on a long rectangular slab of a transparent
medium. The point of incidence is origin O of the coordinate system shown in Fig.
Asume that area of contact of tyre with road remains

unchanged. (g = 10 ms2)
10.5 10 3
22
(i)
MARCH 2010
Refractive index of second slab with respect to first
1 k
sec2 = 4 + 2
4 y
slab = 2 .
1
or
Now applying Snell's law at point B,
1 + tan2 = 1 +
But
k = 1,
But
tan =
y dy = 2 dx
sin 2
=
sin r 1
Substituting value of sin from equation (1),
sin i
= 2.
sin r
This relation shows that if there are several refracting
surfaces parallel to each other then Snell's law can be
applied at two points also. In that case i is angle of
incidence at one point, r is angle of refraction at the
other point and is refractive index of that medium
in which angle r is measured with respect to that
medium in which angle i is measured.
Since, refractive index of given medium varies with
y, therefore, it may be assumed that the given slab is
composed of a large number of thin slabs having
different refractive indices and refracting surfaces of
all the slabs are normal to y-axis. Hence, angle of
incidence and that of refraction are to be measured
with y-axis.
or
(90 )
Air
Fig. (2)
Now consider a point P on trajectory of the refracted
ray in medium as shown in fig. (2). Let inclination of
tangent to the ray at this point with x-axis be . Then
angle of refraction is (90 ).
Applying Snell's law at points P and O,
sin
=
sin(90 ) 1
Substituting values of and ,

1/ 2
1 k
1
= + 2
2 cos 4 y
therefore, tan =
2
y
dy
dx
y
0
y dy = 2
y2 = 4x
x
0
dx
Ans.
SCIENCE TIPS
y2
Point O (x = 0, y = 0) and point P (x, y) lie on the

trajectory of the ray. Hence, integrating above
equation with these limits,
4k
23
Why is the cooling inside a refrigerator not proper

when a thick layer of ice deposits on the freezer?
Because ice is a bad conductor of heat
Which type of computer is often found in small
business and in homes and classrooms ?
The micro computer. It is the smallest and
the least costly type of computer
Out of joule, calorie, kilowatt and electron-volt
which one is not the unit of energy ?
kilowatt
How does the atmospheric pressure vary with
height ?
Atmospheric pressure P decreases with height
h above sea level. For an 'ideal' atmosphere at
constant temperature P = P0 ekh where k is a
constant and P0 is the pressure at the surface
How is r.m.s. velocity of gas molecules related to
absolute temperature of the gas ?
vrms T
What are transducers ?
Devices which change signals from one form
to another (e.g. sound to electrical) are called
transducers
Is polarization the property of all types of waves?
No, it is property of only transverse waves
MARCH 2010
P HYSICS F UNDAMENTAL F OR IIT-J EE
Matter Waves, Photo-electric Effect

KEY CONCEPTS & PROBLEM SOLVING STRATEGY
behaves like a wave, while in other circumstances

it behaves like a particle.
The wave-particle is not the sole monopoly of
e.m. waves. Even a material particle in motion
according to de Broglie will have a wavelength.
The de Broglie wavelength of the matter waves
is also given by :
Matter Waves :
Planck's quantum theory : Wave-particle duality Planck gave quantum theory while explaining the
radiation spectrum of a black body. According to
Planck's theory, energy is always exchanged in
integral multiples of a quanta of light or photon.
Each photon has an energy E that depends only
on the frequency of electromagnetic radiation
and is given by :
Here,
m=
Hence, =
v2
c2
c=
h
h
h
=
=
c
c/
......(5)
c
The left hand side of the above equation involves
the particle aspect of photons (momentum) while
the right hand side involves the wave aspect
(wavelength) and the Planck's constant is the
bridge between the two sides. This shows that
electromagnetic radiation exhibits a waveparticle duality. In certain circumstances, it
2
h
2mqV
2mqV
12.34
V
Photoelectric effect :
When light of suitable frequency (electromagnetic
radiation) is allowed to fall on a metal surface,
electrons are emitted from the surface. These
electrons are known as photoelectrons and the effect
is known as photoelectric effect. Photoelectric
effect, light energy is converted into electrical
energy.
Laws of photolectric effect :
The kinetic energy of the emitted electron is
independent of intensity of incident radiation.
But the photoelectric current increases with the
increase of intensity of incident radiation.
The kinetic energy of the emitted electron
depends on the frequency of the incident
radiation. It increases with the increase of
frequency of incident radiation.
If the frequency of the incident radiation is less
than a certain value, then photoelectric emission
is not possible. This frequency is known as
threshold frequency. This threshold frequency
varies from emitter to emitter, i.e., depends on
the material.
There is no time lag between the arrival of light
and the emission of photoelectrons, i.e., it is an
instantaneous phenomenon.
and v = c
c2
....(4)
Hence, m0 = 0
i.e., rest mass of photon is zero, i.e., energy of
photon is totally kinetic.
The momentum p of each photon is given by :
p = mc =
2mK
1
mv2 = qV or mv =
2
.....(3)
c2
where m represents the mass of a photon in
motion. The velocity v of a photon is equal to
that of light, i.e., v = c.
According to theory of relativity, the rest mass m0
of a photon is given by :
m0 = m 1
where K is the kinetic energy of the particle.

If a particle of mass m kg and charge q coulomb
is accelerated from rest through a potential
difference of V volt. Then
E = h
.....(1)
34
joule-sec, is Planck's
where h = 6.6 10
constant. In any interaction, the photon either
gives up all of its energy or none of it.
From Einstein's mass-energy equivalence
principle, we have
.....(2)
E = mc2
Using equations (1) and (2), we get ;
mc2 = h or m =
h
h
=
=
mv
p
24
MARCH 2010
(c) According to Einstein's equation, if the frequency

of incident radiation is less than certain minimum
value, the photoelectric emission is not possible.
This frequency is known as threshold frequency.
Hence, the frequency of incident radiation below
which photoelectric emission is not possible is
known as threshold frequency or cut-off
frequency. It is given by :
h (1 / 2)mv 2
0 =
h
On the other hand, if the wavelength of the
incident radiation is more than certain critical
value, then photoelectric emission is not possible.
This wavelength is known as threshold
wavelength of cut-off wavelength. It is given by :
hc
0 =
[h (1 / 2)mv 2 ]
(d) Since Einstein treated photoelectric effect as a
collision between a photon and an atom, he
explained
the
instantaneous
nature
of
photoelectric effect.
Some other important points :
Stopping potential : The negative potential
applied to the collector in order to prevent the
electron from reaching the collector (i.e., to
reduce the photoelectric current to zero) is known
as stopping potential.
1
eV0 = mv 2max . = h W = h( 0)
2
Millikan measured K.E. of emitted electrons or
stopping potentials for different frequencies of
incident radiation for a given emitter. He plotted
a graph with the frequency on x-axis and stopping
potential on y-axis. The graph so obtained was a
straight line as shown in figure.
Failure of wave theory :
Wave theory of light could not explain the laws of

photoelectric effect.
According to wave theory, the kinetic energy of
the emitted electrons should increase with the
increase of intensity of incident radiation.
Kinetic energy of the emitted electron does not
depend on the frequency of incident radiation
according to wave theory.
Wave theory failed to explain the existence of
threshold frequency.
According to wave theory there must be a time
lag between the arrival of light and emission of
photoelectrons.
Einstein's theory of photoelectric effect :
Einstein explained the laws of photoelectric effect

on the basis of Planck's quantum theory of
radiation.
Einstein treated photoelectric effect as a collision
between a photon and an atom in which photon is
absorbed by the atom and an electron is emitted.
According to law of conservation of energy,
h = h0 +
1
mv2
2
where h is the energy of the incident photon; hv0

is the minimum energy required to detach the
electron from the atom (work function or
ionisation energy) and (1/2) mv2 is the kinetic
energy of the emitted electron.
V0(stopping potential)
The above equation is known as Einstein's

photoelectric equation. Kinetic energy of the
emitted electron,
1
mv2 = h( 0) = h W
2
Explanation of laws of photoelectric effect :
(a) The KE of the emitted electron increases with the

increase of frequency of incident radiation since
W (work function) is constant for a given emitter.
KE is directly proportional to ( 0)
Millikan measured the slope of the straight line

(=h/e) and calculated the value of Planck's constant.
I
(b) Keeping the frequency of incident radiation

constant if the intensity of incident light is
increased, more photons collide with more atoms
and more photoelectrons are emitted. The KE of
the emitted electron remains constant since the
same photon collides with the same atom (i.e., the
nature of the collision does not change). With the
increase in the intensity of incident light
photoelectric current increases.
Frequency of incident light
Full intensity
75% intensity
50% intensity
25% intensity
V0
Potential difference
25
MARCH 2010
The intercept of V0 versus graph on frequency

axis is equal to threshold frequency (0). From
this, the work function (h0) can be calculated.
(ii) At stopping potential, if the wavelength of the

incident light is kept at 4000 but the intensity
of light is increased two times, will photoelectric
current be obtained? Give reasons for your
answer.
Graphs in photoelectric effect :

(a) Photoelectric current versus potential difference
graphs for varying intensity (keeping same metal
plate and same frequency of incident light) :
These graphs indicate that stopping potential is
independent of the intensity and saturation current
is directly proportional to the intensity of light.
2>1
(V0)2 (V0)1
and
hc
= eV2 + W
2
1
1
= e(V2 V1)
hc
2 1
or h =
+
Potential difference
e(V2 V1 )
1.6 10 19 (1.85 0.82)
=
1
1
1
1
8
3 10
e
7
4 10
3 10
2 1
= 6.592 1034 Js
(b) Photoelectric current versus potential difference

graphs for varying frequency (keeping same
metal plate and same intensity of incident light) :
These graphs indicate that the stopping potential
is constant for a given frequency. The stopping
potential increases with increase of frequency.
The KE of the emitted electrons is proportional to
the frequency of incident light.
Stopping potential
hc
= eV1 + W
1
Sol. (i) We have
(ii) No, because the stopping potential depends only

on the wavelength of light and not on its intensity.
2.
0
A1 A2 A3 Frequency
A small plate of a metal (work function = 1.17 eV) is

plated at a distance of 2m from a monochromatic
light source of wavelength 4.8 107 m and power
1.0 watt. The light falls normally on the plate. Find
the number of photons striking the metal plate per
square metre per second. If a constant magnetic field
of strength 104 tesla is parallel to the metal surface,
find the radius of the largest circular path followed by
the emitted photoelectrons.
B1
Sol. Energy of one photon =
B2
B3
= 4.125 1019 J
(c) Stopping potential versus frequency graphs for

different metals : These graphs indicate that the
stops is same for all metal, since they are parallel
straight lines. The slope is a universal constant
(=h/e). Further, the threshold frequency varies
with emitter since the intercepts on frequency axis
are different for different metals.
Number of photons emitted per second

=
Solved Examples
4.125 10 19
= 2.424 1018
2.424 1018
4 3.14 (2)
= 4.82 1016
Maximum kinetic energy of photoelectrons emitted

from the plate
(i) A stopping potential of 0.82 V is required to stop

the emission of photoelectrons from the surface
of a metal by light of wavelength 4000 . For
light of wavelength 3000 , the stopping
potential is 1.85 V. Find the value of Planck's
constant.
1.0
Number of photons striking the plate per square

metre per second
=
1.
hc
6.6 10 34 3 108
=
4.8 10 7
Emax =
hc
W
= 4.125 1019 1.17 1.6 1019

= 2.253 1019 J
26
MARCH 2010
= 1.374 1019 J
= 0.8588 eV
(ii) Energy of the photon emitted from a hydrogen
atom
A monochromatic light source of frequency

illuminates a metallic surface and ejects
photoelectrons. The photoelectrons having maximum
energy are just able to ionize the hydrogen atom in
ground state. When the whole experiment is repeated
with an incident radiation of frequency (5/6) , the
photoelectrons so emitted are able to excite the
hydrogen atom beam which then emits a radiation of
wavelength 1215 . Find the work function of the
metal and the frequency .
Sol. In the first case,
Emax = Ionization energy = 13.6 eV
= 21.76 1019 J
3.
So,
h = 21.76 1019 J
In the second case,
E'max =
=
....(1)
6.6 10 34 3 108
5.
10
5h
= 16.3 1019 + W
6
...(2)
Dividing Eq.(1) by Eq.(2)

21.76 10 19 + W
6
=
5
16.3 10 19 + W
Solving, we get
W = 11.0 10 19 J = 6.875 eV
X-rays are produced in an X-ray tube by electrons

accelerated through a potential difference of 50.0 kV.
An electron makes three collisions in the target
before coming to rest and loses half of its kinetic
energy in each of the first two collisions. Determine
the wavelengths of the resulting photons. Neglect the
recoil of the heavy target atoms.
Sol. Initial kinetic energy of the electron = 50.0 keV
Kinetic energy after first collision = 25.0 keV

Energy of the photon produced in the first collision,
E1 = 50.0 25.0 = 25.0 keV
Wavelength of this photon
21.76 10 19 + 11.0 10 19
From Eq.(1) =
6.62 10 34 3 108
1.888 1.6 10 19
= 6.572 107m
= 6572
(iii) Work function of metal W = h Emax
= 1.8888 0.8588
= 1.03 eV
hc
1215 10
=16.31019 J
So,
1
hc
1
=
2
32
2
= 1.888 eV
Wavelength of radiation,
h =
6.6 10 34
= 5 1015 Hz
1 =
6.6 10 34 3 108
hc
=
E1
1.6 10 19 25.0 103
= 0.495 1010 m = 0.495

The radiation, emitted when an electron jumps from
n = 3 to n = 2 orbit in a hydrogen atom, falls on a
metal to produce photoelectrons. The electrons from
the metal surface with maximum kinetic energy are
made to move perpendicular to a magnetic field of
1/320 T in a radius of 103 m. Find (i) the kinetic
energy of electrons, (ii) wavelength of radiation and
(iii) the work function of metal.
Sol. (i) Speed of an electron in the magnetic field,
4.
Kinetic energy of the electron after second collision

= 12.5 eV
Energy of the photon produced in the second
collision, E2 = 25.0 12.5 = 12.5 keV
Wavelength of this photon
2 =
Ber
m
Kinetic energy of electrons
= 0.99 1010 m
v=
= 0.99
Kinetic energy of the electron after third collision = 0
1
B2e 2 r 2
Emax = mv2 =
2
2m
Energy of the photon produced in the third collision,

E3 = 12.5 0 = 12.5 keV
(1.6 10 19 ) 2 (10 3 ) 2
1
=

320
2 9.1 10 31
hc
6.6 10 34 3 108
=
2
1.6 10 19 25.0 103
This is same as E2. Therefore, wavelength of this

photon, 3 = 2 = 0.99 .
27
MARCH 2010
P HYSICS F UNDAMENTAL F OR IIT-J EE
Thermal Expansion, Thermodynamics

KEY CONCEPTS & PROBLEM SOLVING STRATEGY
Where t is the loss or gain in time in a time interval t

T is change in temperature and d is coefficient of
linear expansion.
If a rod is heated or cooled but not allowed to expand
or contract then the thermal stresses developed
F
= T.
A
If a scale is calibrated at a temperature T1 but used at
a temperature T2, then the observed reading will be
wrong. In this case the actual reading is given by
R = R0(1 + T)
Where R0 is the observed reading, R is the actual
reading.
For difference between two rods to the same at all
temperatures l 11 = l22.
Thermodynamics
According to first law of thermodynamics
q = U + W
For an isothermal process (for a gaseous system)
(a) The pressure volume relationship is V = constt.
(b) U = 0
(c) q = W
(d) W = 2.303 nRT log10
Vf
p
= 2.303 nRT log10 i
Vi
pf
Thermal Expansion :
.(a) When the temperature of a substance is increased,
it expands. The heat energy which is supplied to
the substance is gained by the constituent
particles of the substance as its kinetic energy.
Because of this the collisions between the
constituents particles are accompanied with
greater force which increase the distance between
the constituent particles.
l = lT ; A = AT ; V = VT
or l' = l (1 + T) ; A' = A(1 + T) ;
V' = V(1 + T)
(b) Also = '(1 + T) where ' is the density at
higher temperature clearly ' < for substances
which have positive value of
* = 2 and = 3
Water has negative value of for certain temperature
range (0 to 4C).
This means that for that
temperature range the volume decreases with
increase in temperature. In other words the density
increases with increase in temperature.
30 ml
25 ml
20 ml
15 ml
10 ml
5 ml
0 ml
If a liquid is kept in a container and the temperature
of the system is increased then the volume of the
liquid as well as the container increases. The
apparent change in volume of the liquid as shown by
the scale is
Vapp = V( 3) T
Where V is the volume of liquid at lower temperature
Vapp is the apparent change in volume
is the coefficient of cubical expansion of liquid
is the coefficients of linear expansion of the
container.
Loss or gain in time by a pendulum clock with
1
change in temperature is t = (T) t
2
(e) Graphs T2 > T1

P
P
T2
T1
V
T
T
These lines are called isotherms (parameters at
constant temperature)
For an adiabatic process (for a gaseous system)
(a) The pressure-volume relationship is PV = constt.
(b) The pressure-volume-temperature relationship is
PV
= constt.
T
(c) From (a) and (b) TVI = constt.
(d) q = 0
(e) W = U
28
MARCH 2010
(f) U = ncvT
(g) W =
where cv =
Step 3: Execute the solution as follows:

Solve for the target variables. Often you will be
given two temperatures and asked to compute T.
Or you may be given an initial temperature T0 and
asked to find a final temperature corresponding to
a given length or volume change. In this case,
plan to find T first; then the final temperature is
T0 + T.
Unit consistency is crucial, as always. L0 and L
(or V0 V) must have the same units, and if you
use a value or or in K1 or (C)1, then T
must be in kelvins or Celsius degrees (C). But
you can use K and C interchangeably.
Step 4: Evaluate your answer: Check whether your
results make sense. Remember that the sizes of holes
in a material expand with temperature just as the
same way as any other linear dimension, and the
volume of a hole (such as the volume of a container)
expands the same way as the corresponding solid
shape.
Problem solving strategy : Thermodynamics Ist Law
Step 1: Identify the relevant concepts : The first law
of thermodynamics is the statement of the law of
conservation of energy in its most general form. You
can apply it to any situation in which you are
concerned with changes in the internal energy of a
system, with heat flow into or out of a system, and/or
with work done by or on a system.
Step 2: Set up the problem using the following steps
Carefully define what the thermodynamics system is.
The first law of thermodynamics focuses on
systems that go through thermodynamic
processes. Some problems involve processes
with more than one step. so make sure that you
identify the initial and final state for each step.
Identify the known quantities and the target
variables.
Check whether you have enough equations. The
first law, U = Q W, can be applied just once to
each step in a thermodynamic process, so you will
often need additional equations. These often
R
1
p i Vi p f Vf
nR (Ti Tf )
=
1
1
(h) Graphs
P
T
T
V
Please note that P-V graph line (isotherm) is
steeper.
For isochoric process
(a) P T
(b) W = 0
(c) q = U
R
(d) U = nCvT
where Cv =
1
(e) Graphs
P
V
T
For isobaric process
(a) V T
(b) W = PV = P(Vf Vi) = nR(Tf Ti)
(c) U = nCvT
(d) q = nCpT
(e) Graphs
P
P
V
V
T
T
For a cyclic process
(a) U = 0 q = W
(b) Work done is the area enclosed in p-V graph.
For any process depicted by P-V diagram, area under
the graph represents the word done.
Kirchoff's law states that good absorbers are good
emitters also.
Problem solving Strategy : Thermal Expansion
Step 1: Identify the relevant concepts: Decide
whether the problem involves changes in length
(linear thermal expansion) or in volume (volume
thermal expansion)
Step 2: Set up the problem using the following steps:
Eq. L = L0T for linear expansion and
Eq. V = V0T for volume expansion.
Identify which quantities in Eq. L = L0T or
V = V0T are known and which are the
unknown target variables.
V2
include Eq. W =
p dV
for the work done in a
V1
volume change and the equation of state of the

material that makes up the thermodynamic system
(for an ideal gas, pV = nRT).
Step 3: Execute the solution as follows :
You shouldn't be surprised to be told that
consistent units are essential. If p is a Pa and V in
m3, then W is in joules. Otherwise, you may want
to convert the pressure and volume units into
units of Pa and m3. If a heat capacity is given in
terms of calories, usually the simplest procedure
is to convert it to joules. Be especially careful
with moles. When you use n = mtot/M to convert
29
MARCH 2010
between total mass and number of moles,

remember that if mtot is in kilograms, M must be
in kilograms per mole. The usual units for M are
grams per mole; be careful !
V25
(1 + 75 )
5
1 + 75
=
=
100
4.9
1.0027
V25 1.0027
100
or
The internal energy change U in any

thermodynamic process or series of processes in
independent of the path, whether the substance is
an ideal gas or not. This point is of the utmost
importance in the problems in this topic.
Sometimes you will be given enough information
about one path between the given initial and final
states to calculate U for that path. Since U is
the same for every possible path between the
same two states, you can then relate the various
energy quantities for other paths.
When a process consists of several distinct steps,
it often helps to make a chart showing Q, W, and
U for each step. Put these quantities for each
step on a different line, and arrange them so the
Q's, W's, and U's form columns. Then you can
apply the first law to each line ; in addition, you
can add each column and apply the first law to the
sums. Do you see why ?
Using above steps, solve for the target variables.
Step 4: Evaluate your answer : Check your results for
reasonableness. In particular, make sure that each of
your answers has the correct algebraic sign.
Remember that a positive Q means that heat flows
into the system, and that a negative Q means that heat
flows into the system, and that a negative Q means
that heat flows out of the system. A positive W
means that work is done by the system on its
environment, while a negative W means that work is
done on the system by its environment.
A one litre flask contains some mercury. It is found

that at different temperature the volume of air inside
the flask remains the same. What is the volume of
mercury in flask ? Given that the coefficient of linear
expansion of glass = 9 106(C)1 and coefficient of
volume expansion of mercury = 1.8 104 (C1).
Sol. Let
V = Volume of the vessel
V' = Volume of mercury
For unoccupied volume to remain constant increase
in volume of mercury should be equal to increase in
volume of vessel.
V g
V' mT = VgT
or V' =
m
2.
V' =
1000 27 10 6
1.8 10
= 150 cm3
A clock with a metallic pendulum gains 6 seconds

each day when the temperature is 20C and loses 12
seconds each day when the temperature is 40C. Find
the coefficient of linear expansion of the metal.
Sol. Time taken for one oscillation of the pendulum is
L
L
T = 2
or
T2 = 42
.....(1)
g
g
3.
Partially differentiating, we get

L
.....(2)
2Tt = 42
g
Dividing (2) by (1), we get
1
T
L
Lt
=
=
= t
2
T
2L
2L
where t is the change in temperature. Now,
One day = 24 hours = 86400 sec
Let t be the temperature at which the clock keeps
correct time.
At 20C, the gain in time is
1
6 = (t 20) 86400 ....(3)
2
At 40C, the loss in time is
1
...(4)
12 = (40 t) 86400
2
Dividing (4) by (3), we have
12
40 t
=
6
t 20
80
C.
which gives t =
3
Using the value in equation(3), we have
1
80
6=
20 86400
2
3
Solved Examples
1.
A metallic bob weighs 50 g in air. It it is immersed

in a liquid at a temperature of 25C, it weighs 45 g.
When the temperature of the liquid is raised to 100C,
it weighs 45.1 g. Calculate the coefficient of cubical
expansion of the liquid given that the coefficient of
linear expansion of the metal is 2 106(C)1.
Sol. Loss in weight in liquid at 25C = (50 45) = 5 gm
Weight of liquid displaced at 25C = V2525g
5 = V2525g
...(1)
Similarly, V100100g = 50 45.1 = 4.9 gm
...(2)
From eq.(1) & (2) we get,
V
5
= 25 . 25
4.9
V100 100
Now, V100 = V25(1 + metal 75)= V25(1 + 3metal 75)
= V25(1 + 3 12 106 75)
or
V100 = V25(1 + 0.0027) = V25 1.0027
Also, 25 = 100(1 + 75)
where, = Required coefficient of expansion of the liquid
= 3.1 104 (C)1
which gives = 2.1 105 perC
30
MARCH 2010
A piston can freely move inside a horizontal cylinder

closed from both ends. Initially, the piston separates
the inside space of the cylinder into two equal parts
each of volume V0, in which an ideal gas is contained
under the same pressure p0 and at the same
temperature. What work has to be performed in
order to increase isothermally the volume of one part
of gas times compared to that of the other by
slowly moving the piston ?
Sol. Let volume of chambers changes by V. According
to the problem, the final volume of left chamber is
times final volume of right chamber.
V0 + V = (V0 V)
1
V0
or
V =
+1
4.
P0
P0
Sol. Let
A1 = Cross section of upper piston

A2 = Cross section of lower piston
T = Tension in the string
P = Gas pressure
m1 = Mass of upper piston
m2 = Mass of lower piston
Now, consider FBD of upper piston
P0 A1
P0,v0,T0
P0,v0,T0
m1g
PA1
From equilibrium consideration of upper piston
we get,
P0A1 + T + m1g = PA1
Similarly, consider FBD of lower piston
T
As piston is moved slowly therefore, change in

kinetic energy is zero. By work-energy theorem, we
can write
ext
Wgas in right chamber + Wgas in left chamber + WAgent
= KE
PA2
ext
WAgent
= (Wgas(R) + Wgas(L))
We know that in isothermal process, work done is

given by
V
W = nRT ln f
Vi
Work done by gas in left chamber (WL)
V + V
2
= P0V0 ln
= P0V0 ln 0
V
+1
0
P0 A2 m2g
P0A2 + T = m2g + PA2

Eliminating T, we get
(m1 + m 2 )g
P = P0 +
A1 A 2
According to problem
m = m1 + m2
and
S = A1 A2
mg
P = P0 +
S
Now,
PV = RT
Similarly, work done by gas in right chamber (WR)

V V
2
= P0V0 ln
= P0V0 ln 0
V
+1
0
2
ext
P0V0 ln
WAgent
= P0V0 ln
+1
+1
= P0V0 ln
4
5.
+1
PV = RT
But
V = (A1 A2)l = S. l
mg
T = P0 +
S.l
S
A smooth vertical tube having two different sections

is open from both ends equipped with two pistons of
different areas figure. Each piston slides within a
respective tube section. One mole of ideal gas is
enclosed between the pistons tied with a nonstretchable thread. The cross-sectional area of the
upper piston is S greater than that of the lower one.
The combined mass of the two pistons is equal to m.
The outside air pressure is P0. By how many kelvins
must the gas between the pistons be heated to shift
the pistons through l.
or T =
or
PV
R
31
MARCH 2010
KEY CONCEPT
Organic
Chemistry
Fundamentals
PURIFICATION OF
ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
Qualitative Analysis :
Qualitative analysis of an organic compound involves
the detection of various elements present in it. The
elements commonly present in organic compounds
are carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, halogens,
sulphur and sometimes phosphorus.
Detection of Carbon and Hydrogen :
This is done by heating the given organic compound
with dry cupric oxide in a hard glass test tube when
carbon present is oxidised to carbon dioxide and
hydrogen is oxidised to water.
C + N + Na
in organic compound
S + 2Na fusion
Na2S
from organic compound
sodium sulphide
If nitrogen and sulphur both are present in any
organic compound, sodium thiocyanate (NaSCN) is
formed during fusion which in the presence of excess
sodium, forms sodium cyanide and sodium sulphide.
Na + C + N + S fusion
NaCNS
in organic compound
sodium thiocyanate
Detection of Nitrogen :
Take a small quantity of the sodium extract in a test
tube. If not alkaline, make it alkaline by adding 23
drops of sodium hydroxide (NaOH) solution. To this
solution, add 1 mL of freshly prepared solution of
ferrous sulphate. Heat the mixture of the two
solutions to boiling and then acidify it with dilute
sulphuric acid. The appearance of prussion blue or
green colouration or precipitate confirms the
presence of nitrogen in the given organic compound.
Chemistry of the test : The following reactions
describe the chemistry of the tests of nitrogen. The
carbon and nitrogen present in the organic compound
on fusion with sodium metal give sodium cyanide
(NaCN). NaCN being ionic salt dissolves in water.
So, the sodium extract contains sodium cyanide.
Sodium cyanide on reaction with ferrous sulphate
gives sodium ferrocyanide. On heating, some of the
ferrous salt is oxidised to the ferric salt and this reacts
with sodium ferrocyanide to form ferric-ferrocyanide.
6 NaCN + FeSO4 Na4[Fe(CN)6] + Na2SO4
sodium ferrocyanide
3Na4[Fe(CN)6]
+
2Fe2(SO4)3
formed during boiling of the solution
Fe4[Fe(CN)6]3 + 6Na2SO4
prussian blue
When nitrogen and sulphur both are present in any
organic compound, sodium thiocyanate is formed
during fusion. When extracted with water sodium
thiocynate goes into the sodium extract and gives
blood red colouration with ferric ions due to the
formation of ferric thiocyanate
H2O + Cu
2H + CuO
Carbon dioxide turns lime water milky.
Ca(OH)2 + CO 2 CaCO 3 + H2O
( Milky )
Water condenses on the cooler parts of the test tube

and turns anhydrous copper sulphate blue.
CuSO 4 + 5H2O CuSO 4 .5H2O
( white )
( Blue)
Detection of Nitrogen, Sulphur and Halogens :

Nitrogen, sulphur and halogens in any organic
compound are detected by Lassaigne's test.
Preparation of Lassaigne's Extract (or sodium extract):
A small piece of sodium is gently heated in an
ignition tube till it melts. The ignition tube is
removed from the flame, about 5060 mg of the
organic compound added and the tube heated
strongly for 23 minutes to fuse the material inside it.
After cooling , the tube is carefully broken in a china
dish containing about 2030 mL of distilled water.
The fused material along with the pieces of ignition
tube are crushed with the help of a glass rod and the
contents of the china dish are boiled for a few
minutes. The sodium salts formed in the above
reactions (i.e., NaCN, Na2S, NaX or NaSCN)
dissolve in water. Excess of sodium, if any, reacts
with water to give sodium hydroxide. This alkaline
solution is called Lassaigne's extract or sodium
extract. The solution is then filtered to remove the
insoluble materials and the filtrate is used for making
the tests for nitrogen, sulphur and halogens.
Reactions : An organic compound containing C, H,
N, S, halogens when fused with sodium metal gives
the following reactions.
NaCN
sodium cyanide
X(Cl, Br, I) + Nafusion

NaX(X=Cl,Br, I)
from organic compound
sodium halide
C + 2 CuO
CO2 + 2Cu
( from C )
fusion
32
MARCH 2010
Na + C +
+ S
NaCNS
(b)CS2 layer test for detecting bromine and iodine:

Boil a small quantity of sodium extract with dilute
HNO3 for 12 min and cool the solution. To this
solution, add a few drops of carbon disulphide (CS2)
and 12 mL fresh chlorine water, and shake.
Appearance of orange colour in the CS2 layer
confirms the presence of bromine, whereas that of a
violet/purple colouration confirms the presence of
iodine in the compound.
Sod. thiocyanate
from organic
Fe(CNS)3 + 3Na+
ferric thiocyanate (blood red)
Note : (i) Some compounds like hydrazine
(NH2NH2) although contain nitrogen, they do not
respond Lassaigne's test because they do not have
any carbon and hence NaCN in not formed.
(ii) Diazonium salts do not show Lassaigne's test
because they are unstable and lose nitrogen as N2 gas
on heating. Hence during fusion, no NaCN is formed
in Lassaigne's extract due the loss of nitrogen.
Detection of Sulphur :
The presence of sulphur in any organic compound is
detected by using sodium extract as follows:
(a) Lead acetate test : Acidify a small portion of
sodium extract with acetic acid and add lead acetate
solution to it. A black precipitate of lead sulphide
indicates the presence of sulphur.
3NaCNS + Fe
3+
2NaBr(aq) + Cl2 CS
2 Br2 + NaCl(aq)
in sodium extract
dissolves in CS2 to
give orange colour.
2NaI(aq) + Cl2 CS
2 I2 +
2NaCl(aq)
in sodium extract
dissolves in CS2
to give purple/violet colour
Detection of Phosphorus :
In order to detect phosphorus, the organic compound
is fused with sodium peroxide, when phosphorus is
converted into sodium phosphate.
5Na2O2 +
(CH3COO)2Pb + Na2S H PbS + 2CH3COONa

lead acetate
black ppt
(b) Sodium nitroprusside test : To a small quantity
of sodium extract taken in a test tube, add 2-3 drops
of sodium nitroprusside solution. A violet colour
indicates the presence of sulphur. This colour fades
away slowly on standing.
Fuse
2 Na 3 PO 4 + 2Na2O
Sod. phosphate
The fused mass is extracted with water and the water

is extract is boiled with conc. HNO3. Upon cooling a
few drops of ammonium molybdate solution are
added.
A
yellow
ppt.
of
ammonium
phosphomolybdate indicates the presence of
phosphorus in the organic compound.
Na3PO4 + 3HNO3 H3PO4 + 3NaNO3
H3PO4 + 12(NH4)2MoO4 + 21 HNO3
( NH 4 ) 3 PO 4 . 12 MoO3 + 21 NH4NO3 + 12H2O
Na2S + Na2[Fe(CN)5NO] Na4[Fe(CN)5NOS]

sodium nitroprusside violet or purple colour
Detection of Halogens :
The presence of halogens in any organic compound is
detected by using sodium extract (Lassaigne's
extract) by silver nitrate test.
(a) Silver nitrate test: Sodium extract (or
Lassaigne's extract) is boiled with dilute nitric acid to
decompose sodium cyanide or sodium sulphide (if
present) to hydrogen cyanide and hydrogen sulphide
gases, respectively. This solution is cooled and silver
nitrate solution added. A white precipitate soluble in
ammonia shows chlorine, a yellowish precipitate
sparingly soluble in ammonia indicates bromine, and
a yellow precipitate insoluble in ammonia shows the
presence of iodine in the given organic compound.
( yellow ppt .)
Quantitative Analysis :
The quantitative analysis of an organic compound
means the estimation of percentage composition of
each element present in the organic compound.
Estimation of Nitrogen : Duma's Method :
Principle : A known mass of the organic substance is
heated with excess of copper oxide in an atmosphere
of CO2. Carbon, hydrogen and sulphur (if present) are
oxidised to CO2, H2O and SO2 while nitrogen is set
free. A small amount of nitrogen may be oxidised to
oxides but they are reduced back to free nitrogen by
passing over a hot reduced copper gauze.
NaCl(aq) + AgNO3(aq) AgCl(s) + NaNO3(aq)

white precipitate
(soluble in ammonia)
Oxides of nitrogen + Cu
CuO + N2
The nitrogen thus formed is collected over conc.
KOH solution taken in Schiff's nitrometer tube which
absorbs all other gases i.e., CO2, H2O vapours, SO2
etc. The volume of nitrogen collected is converted to
STP and from this the precentage of nitrogen can be
calculated.
% age of Nitrogen
Vol. of N 2 at STP
28
=
100
22400
Mass of Substance taken
NaBr(aq) + AgNO3(aq) AgBr(s) + NaNO3(aq)

light yellow ppt.
(sparingly soluble in ammonia)
NaI(aq) + AgNO3(aq) AgI(s) + NaNO3(aq)
yellow precipitate
(insoluble in ammonia)
2P
( Compound )
33
MARCH 2010
KEY CONCEPT
BORON & CARBON

FAMILY
Inorganic
Chemistry
Fundamentals
As a result of this back donation, the electron

deficiency of boron gets compensated and its Lewis
acid character decreases.
Boron Trihalides :
The trihalides of boron are electron deficient

compounds having a planar structure as shown. They
act as Lewis acids because of incomplete octet.
Now, the tendency for back donation is maximum in

the case of fluorine due to its small size and more
interelectronic repulsions, therefore, it is the least
acidic. The tendency of back bonding falls as we
move from BF3 to BCl3 and BCl3 to BBr3 due to
increase in the size of halogen atoms consequently,
the acidic character increase accordingly.
X
120
B
X Planar structure of X
boron trihalides
BF3
Lewis acid
BF3
Lewis acid
+ : NH 3
Lewis base
:F
Lewis base
F3 B
Addition product
NH3
The acid strength of trihalides decreases as :
Empty
2p-orbital
2p-orbital
with lone pair
p-p back bonding
BF3 < BCl3 < BBr3 < BI3

Explanation :
This order of acid strength is reverse of what may

normally be expected on the basis of
electronegativity of halogens. Since F is most
electronegative, hence BF3 should be most electron
deficient and thus should be strongest acid. The
anomalous behaviour is explained on the basis of
tendency of halogen atom to back-donate its electrons
to boron atom. For example, in BF3 one of the
2p-orbital of F atom having lone pair overlaps
sidewise with the empty 2p-orbital of boron atom to
form p-p back bonding. This is also known as back
donation. Further, due to back- donation of three
surrounding fluorine atoms. BF3 can be represented
as a resonance hybrid of following three structures.
F
F
B = F+
+
F
F
B F
F
+
F
Resonating forms of BF3
BF4
Fluoroborate ion
B F
F
F
Acidic nature of H3BO3 or B(OH)3 :
Since B(OH)3 only partially reacts with water to form

H3O+ and [B(OH)4], it behaves as a weak acid. Thus
H3BO3 or (B(OH)3) cannot be titrated satisfactorily
with NaOH, as a sharp end point is not obtained. If
certain organic polyhydroxy compounds such as
glycerol, mannitol or sugars are added to the titration
mixture, then B(OH)3 behaves as a strong monobasic
acid. It can now be titrated with NaOH, and the end
point is detected using phenolphthalein as indicator
(indicator changes at pH 8.3 10.0).
2B(OH)3 + 2NaOH
Na[B(OH)4] + NaBO 2 + 2H 2 O
sodium metaborate
B F
The added compound must be a cis-diol, to

enhance the acidic properties in this way. (This
means that it has OH groups on adjacent carbon
atoms in the cis configuration.) The cis-diol forms
Probable hybrid
structure
34
MARCH 2010
very stable complexes with the [B(OH)4] formed

by the forward reaction above, thus effectively
removing it from solution. The reaction is
reversible. Thus removal of one of the products at
the right hand side of the equation upsets the
balance, and the reaction proceeds completely to
the right. Thus all the B(OH)3 reacts with NaOH :
in effect it acts as a strong acid in the presence of
the cis-diol.
C OH HO
+
OH
B
C OH HO
OH
A convenient laboratory method for the preparation

of diborane involves the oxidation of sodium
borohydride with iodine.
2NaBH4 + I2 B2H6 + 2NaI + H2
Diborane is produced on an industrial scale by the
reaction of BF3 with sodium hydride.
K
2BF3 + 6NaH 450
B2H6 + 6NaF
OH HO C
CO
2H2O
4BF3 + 3 LiAlH4 2B2H6 + 3LiF + 3AlF3
B
CO
Diborane is a colourless, highly toxic gas with a b.p.

of 180 K. Diborane catches fire spontaneously upon
exposure to air. It burns in oxygen releasing an
enormous amount of energy.
+
OH HO C
B2H6 + 3O2 B2O3 + 3H2O;

CO
2H2O
OC
cH = 1976 kJ mol1
Most of the higher boranes are also spontaneously

flammable in air. Boranes are readily hydrolysed by
water to give boric acid.
B
CO
OC
B2H6 (g) + 6H2O(l) 2B(OH)3 (aq) + 6H2 (g)
Borax :
Diborane undergoes cleavage reactions with Lewis

bases (L) to give borane adducts, BH3.L
The most common metaborate is borax

Na2[B4O5(OH)4] . 8H2O. It is a useful primary
standard for titrating against acids.
B2H6 + 2 NMe3 2BH3.NMe3

B2H6 + 2 CO 2BH3.CO
(Na2[B4O5(OH)4] . 8H2O) + 2HCl
Reaction of ammonia with diborane gives initially

B2H6. 2NH3 which is formulated as [BH2(NH3)2]+
[BH4] ; further heating gives borazine, B3N3H6
known as "inorganic benzene" in view of its ring
structure with alternate BH and NH groups.
2NaCl + 4H3BO3 + 5H2O

One of the products H3BO3 is itself a weak acid. Thus
the indicator used to detect the end point of this
reaction must be one that is unaffected by H3BO3.
Methyl orange is normally used, which changes in
the pH range 3.1 4.4.
3B2H6 + 6NH3 3[BH2(NH3)2]+ [BH4]
One mole of borax reacts with two moles of acid.

This is because when borax is dissolved in water both
B(OH)3 and [B(OH)4] are formed, but only the
[B(OH)4] reacts with HCl.
[B4O5(OH)4]2 + 5H2O
Heat
2B3N3H6 + 12H2
The structure of diborane is shown in Fig.(a). The

four terminal hydrogen atoms and the two boron
atoms lie in one plane. Above and below this plane,
there are two bridging hydrogen atoms.
2B(OH)3 + 2[B(OH)4]
2[B(OH)4] + 2H3O+ 2B(OH)3 + 4H2O

The last reaction will titrate at pH 9.2, so the
indicator must have pKa < 8. Borax is also used as a
buffer since its aqueous solution contains equal
amounts of weak acid and its salt.
97
134pm
B 120
B
H
119pm
Fig. (a) The structure of diborane, B2H6
Diborane, B2H6 :
The four terminal B-H bonds are regular two centretwo electron bonds while the two bridge (B-H-B)
bonds are different and can be described in terms of
three centre-two electron bonds shown in Fig. (b).
The simplest boron hydride known, is diborane. It is

prepared by treating boron trifluoride with LiAlH4 in
diethyl ether.
35
MARCH 2010
Boron also forms a series of hydridoborates; the most

important one is the tetrahedral [BH4] ion.
Tetrahydridoborates of several metals are known.
Lithium and sodium tetrahydridoborates, also known
as borohydrides, are prepared by the reaction of
metal hydrides with B2H6 in diethyl ether.
2MH + B2H6 2M+ [BH4]
H
B
H
Polymerisation continues on both the ends and thus

chain increases in length.
RSiCl3 on hydrolysis gives a cross linked silicone.
The formation can be explained in three steps :
Cl
(i)
OH
R Si Cl
Cl
Fig. (b) Bonding in diborane. Each B atom uses

sp3 hybrids for bonding. Out of the four sp3
hybrids on each B atom, one is without an electron
shown in broken lines. The terminal B-H bonds
are normal 2-centre-2- electron bonds but the two
bridge bonds are 3-centre-2-electron bonds. The
3-centre-2-electron bridge bonds are also referred
to as banana bonds.
3H2O
3HCl
OH
OH
OH
R
HO Si O Si O Si OH
OH
OH
(iii) HO Si O Si O Si OH
These are organosilicon polymers containing Si O Si

linkages. These are formed by the hydrolysis of alkyl
or aryl substituded chlorosilanes and their subsequent
polymerisation. The alkyl or aryl substitued
chlorosilanes are prepared by the reaction of
Grignard reagent and silicon tetrachloride.
OH
Silicones :
OH
HO
OH
HO
3H2O
HO Si O Si O Si OH
R
R
R
O Si O Si O Si O
O
O Si O Si O Si O
+ SiCl4 R SiCl3 + MgCl2
Grignard reagent
R
R
R
Cross linked silicone
2RMgCl + SiCl4 R2SiCl2 + 2MgCl2
Cyclic (ring) silicones are formed when water is

eliminated from the terminal OH group of linear
silicones.
3RMgCl + SiCl4 R3SiCl + 3MgCl2

R stands for CH3, C2H5 or C6H5 groups
Hydrolysis of substituted chlorosilanes yield
corresponding silanols which udergo polymerisation.
R
Si
R
OH
Si
R
OH
Dialky silandiol
Si
Si
R
O
R3SiCl on hydrolysis forms only a dimer
R
Polymerisation of dialkyl silandiol yields linear

thermoplastic polymer.
OH
(ii) HO Si OH + H O Si OH + H O Si OH
OH
HO
R
Cl H OH 2HCl
Si
+
R
Cl H OH
R Si OH
Both LiBH4 and NaBH4 are used as reducing agents

in organic synthesis.
RMgCl
B
H
HO Si O Si OH
H
B
HO Si OH + H O Si OH
(M = Li or Na)
R3Si OH + OH Si R3
36
R3Si O Si R3
MARCH 2010
37
MARCH 2010
UNDERSTANDING
Inorganic Chemistry
1.
For SO2(g) at 273 K and 1 atm pressure, the dielectric

constant (or relative permittivity) is 1.00993. This
molecule has a permanent dipole moment of 1.63 D.
Assuming that SO2 behaves as an ideal gas, calculate
per mol of (a) total, (b) orientation, (c) induced
polarizations, and (d) distortion polarizability.
Sol. We have
r =
= 1.00993
0
p = 1.63 D = 1.63(3.3356 1030 Cm)
Vm = 22414 cm3 mol1 at 1 atm and 273 K
(a) Total polarization,
1 M
Ptotal = r
r + 2
bond length in benzene is 0.14 nm, so that side of the

box would be about 0.28 nm. Estimate wavelength
for transition from ground state to first excited state
of benzene, assuming that it is -bonding electrons
that are involved.
Sol. For the one-dimensional box,
h2
E=
n2
8ml 2
Thus, the ground state energy E1 in a onedimensional box of length 0.14 nm is
h2
E1 =
8m(0.14nm) 2
For the two-dimensional square box,
h2
(n12 + n 22 )
E2 =
8ml 2
Now since l = 0.28 nm, we have
E
h2
(n12 + n 22 ) = 1 (n12 + n 22 )
E2 =
2
4
8m(2 0.14nm)
1.00993 1
22.414 cm3 mol1
1.00993 + 2
= 73.95 cm3 mol1
(b) Orientation polarization,
N p 2
P0 = A
3 0 3kT
The various energy levels are as follows.

n1
1
2
1
2
{6.023 10 23 mol 1}
=
3(8.854 10 12 C 2 N 1m 2
(1.63 3.3356 10 30 Cm) 2
3(1.38 10 23 J K 1 )(273 K )
= 59.31 106 m3 mol1 = 59.31 cm3 mol1
(c) Induced polarization,
Pind = Ptotal P0
= 73.95 cm3 mol1 59.31 cm3 mol1
= 14.64 cm3 mol1
(d) Distortion polarizability,
Pind
d =
(1 / 3 0 ) N A
2.
E2
E1/2
(5/4)E1
(5/4)E1
2E1
degenerate
The first three energy levels will be doubly occupied

in the ground state and hence the first excited state is
obtained when the electron is promoted from n1 = 1,
n2 = 2 state to n1 = 2, n2 = 2 state. Thus
5
3
E = 2E1 E1 = E1
4
4
Since the wavelength is inversely proportional to
energy, the corresponding wavelength would be
(4/3), i.e.
4
70 nm = 93 nm
3
14.64 10 6 m 3 mol 1
{1 /(3 8.854 10 12 C 2 N 1m 2 )}(6.023 10 23 mol 1 )
= 6.46 1040 C2 N1 m
3.
An electron confined to a one-dimensional box of

length 0.14 nm has a ground-state energy
corresponding to the radiation of wavelength about
70 nm. Benzene, as a rough approximation, may be
considered to be a two-dimensional box that
encompasses the regular hexagonal shape. The CC
n2
1
1
2
2
38
A metal (A) gives the following observations :

(i) It gives golden yellow flame.
(ii) It is highly reactive and used in photoelectric cells
as well as used in the preparation of Lassaigane
solution.
MARCH 2010
The reduction equation of (F) is

O22 + 2H2O + 2e 4OH
(vi) (G) is sodamide because it is used in the
dehydrohalogenation reactions.
Na 2 O + NH3(l) NaNH 2 + NaOH
(iii) (A) on fusion with NaN3 and NaNO3 separately,

yields an alkaline oxide (B) and an inert gas (C). The
gas (C) when mixed with H2 in Haber's process gives
another gas (D). (D) turns red litmus blue and gives
white dense fumes with HCl.
(iv) Compound (B) react with water forming on
alkaline solution (E). (E) is used for the
saponification of oils and fats to give glycerol and a
hard soap.
(v) (B) on heating at 670 K give (F) and (A). The
compound (F) liberates H2O2 on reaction with dil.
mineral acids. It is an oxidising agent and oxidises
Cr(OH)3 to chromate, manganous salt to manganate,
sulphides to sulphates.
(vi) (B) reacts with liquid ammonia to give (G) and
(E). (G) is used for the conversion of 1, 2
dihaloalkanes into alkynes.
What are (A) to (G)? Explain the reactions involved.
Sol. (i) (A) appears to be Na as it gives the golden yellow
flame. It is also used in the preparation of Lassaigane
solution which is sodium extract of organic
compounds.
Na + C + N NaCN
Na + Cl NaCl
2Na + S Na2S
(ii) Compound (B) is Na2O and (C) is N2 while (D) is
NH3, as (D) is alkaline and turns red litmus blue and
gives white fumes with HCl
(C) + H2 NH3
N2 + 3H2
2 NH 3
( B)
CH3 CH CH2 + 2NaNH2

Br
White fumes
(C)
3NaN3 + NaNO2 2 Na 2O + N 2
(C)
(iv) Compound (E) is NaOH as it is used in the

preparation of soaps.
Na 2O + H2O 2 NaOH
(E)
CH2OOCC17H35
CH2OH
CHOOCC17H35 + 3NaOH
CH2OOCC17H35
So lub le
Ag(NH3)2Cl + 2HNO3 AgCl + 2NH4NO3
CH2OH + 3C17H35COONa
(soap)
CH2OH
white ppt . ( B)
The equations of chromyl chloride tests are :

NiCl2 + Na2CO3 2NaCl + NiCO3
4NaCl + K2Cr2O7 + 6H2SO4 4NaHSO4 + 2KHSO4
+ 3H2O + 2CrO 2 Cl 2
(v) (F) is sodium peroxide as only peroxides gives

H2O2 on reaction with dil. acids.
K
2 Na 2 O 670
Na 2 O 2 + 2 Na
( B)
( F)
Re d gas
(A)
CrO2Cl2 + 4NaOH Na 2 CrO 4
Na 2 O 2 + H 2SO 4 H2O2 + Na2SO4

( F)
+ 2NaCl + 2H2O
Yellow solution ( C )
dil.
Na2CrO4 + (CH3COO)2Pb PbCrO 4 + 2CH3COONa
(F) gives the following oxidations :

Cr(OH)3 + 5OH CrO42 + 4H2O + 3e
Mn2+ + 8OH MnO4 + 4H2O + 5e
S2 + 8OH SO42 + 4H2O + 8e
Br
A green coloured compound (A) gave the following

reactions :
(i) (A) dissolves in water to give a green solution.
The solution on reaction with AgNO3 gives a white
ppt. (B) which dissolves in NH4OH solution and
reappears on addition of dil. HNO3. It on heating with
K2Cr2O7 and conc. H2SO4 produced a red gas which
dissolves in NaOH to give yellow solution (C).
Addition of lead acetate solution to (C) gives a
yellow ppt. which is used as a paint.
(ii) The hydroxide of cation of (A) in borax bead test
gives brown colour in oxidising flame and grey
colour in reducing flame.
(iii) Aqueous solution of (A) gives a black ppt. on
passing H2S gas. The black ppt. dissolves in
aquaregia and gives back (A).
(iv) (A) on boiling with NaHCO3 and Br2 water gives
a black ppt. (D)
(v) (A) on treatment with KCN gives a light green
ppt. (E) which dissolves in excess of KCN to give
(F). (F) on heating with alkaline bromine water gives
the same black ppt. as (D).
Identify compounds (A) to (F) and give balanced
equations of the reactions.
Sol. Reaction (i) indicates that (A) contains Cl ions
because, it gives white ppt. soluble in NH4OH. It is
again confirmed because it gives chromyl chloride
test. The colour of oxidising and reducing flames
indicate that (A) also contains Ni2+ ions. Hence, (A)
is NiCl2. The different reactions are :
(i) NiCl2 + 2AgNO3 2AgCl + Ni(NO3)2
AgCl + 2NH3 [Ag( NH 3 ) 2 ]Cl
(iii) is prepared from Na as follows.

2NaNO3 + 10 Na 6 Na 2 O + N 2
( B)
CH3 C CH
Propyne
4.
NH3 + HCl NH4Cl
( B)
+ 2NaBr + 2NH3
( D)
( B)
(E)
(G )
Yellow ppt .
(ii) Na2B4O7 . 10H2O
39
Na2B4O7 + 10H2O
MARCH 2010
Na2B4O7
Transparent bead
NiO + B2O3
Ni(BO 2 ) 2 [Oxidising flame]
Nickel meta
borate ( Brown )
Ni(BO2)2 + C
Hb
Ht
2 NaBO 2 + B 2 O 3
144
42444
3
97
1.33
Ht
B
121.5
Ht 1.19
Hb
Ht
1.77
Thus, the diborane molecule has four two-centre-two
electron bonds (2c-2e bonds) also called usual bonds
and two three-centre-two-electron bonds (3c-2e
bonds) also called banana bonds. Hydrogen attached
to usual and banana bonds are called Ht (terminal H)
and Hb (bridged H) respectively.
Ni + B2O3 + CO
Grey
[Reducing flame]
(iii) NiCl2 + H2S 2HCl + NiS
Black ppt .
NiS + 2HCl + [O] NiCl 2 + H2S

(A)
(iv) NiCl 2 + 2NaHCO3 NiCO3 + 2NaCl

(A)
TRUE OR FALSE
+ CO2 + H2O
Ni 2 O 3
2NiCO3 + 4NaOH + [O]
1.
Black ppt .
( D)
+ 2Na2CO3 + H2O
(v) NiCl 2 + 2KCN Ni(CN ) 2 + 2KCl
(A)
Green ppt .
(E)
Ni(CN)2 + 2KCN K 2 [ Ni(CN ) 4 ]
2.
( F)
NaOH + Br2 NaOBr + HBr
2K2[Ni(CN)4] + 4NaOH + 9NaOBr

Ni 2 O 3 + 4KCNO + 9NaBr + 4NaCNO
3.
(D)
4.
Compound (X) on reduction with LiAlH4 gives a

hydride (Y) containing 21.72% hydrogen along with
other products. The compound (Y) reacts with air
explosively resulting in boron trioxide. Identify (X)
and (Y). Give balanced reactions involved in the
formation of (Y) and its reaction with air. Draw the
structure of (Y).
Sol. Since B2O3 is formed by reaction of (Y) with air, (Y)
therefore should be B2H6 in which % of hydrogen is
21.72. The compound (X) on reduction with LiAlH4
gives B2H6. Thus it is boron trihalide. The reactions
are shown as:
4BX 3 + 3LiAlH4 2B 2 H 6 + 3LiX + 3AlX3
5.
(X)
5.
6.
(X = Cl or Br)
B 2 H 6 + 3O2 B2O3 + 3H2O + heat
(Y)
Structure of B2H6 is as follows:

Hb
Ht
B
B
Ht
Ht
or
5 2 (sin 2t + cos 2t). Their amplitudes are in

the ratio 1 : 2.
When a dielectric is introduced between the plates
of a capacitor at a constant potential difference,
the charge on the plates remains unchanged.
Heat can never be converted completely into
work.
The workings of a triode as an amplifier and a
step-up transformer are same.
A 60 dB sound has twice the intensity of a 30 dB
sound.
Two identical spherical air bubbles, one formed,
inside water of a tank and the other outside the
water, have equal pressure inside them.
Sol.
1. [True]
2. [False]
On introduction of dielectric the capacitance
increases. Potential difference remaining constant,
charge increases, because Q = CV.
3. [False]
In an isothermal expansion of an ideal gas, heat
can be completely converted into work.
4. [False]
A step-up transformer increases the voltage but
not the power. A triode increases both the voltage
and the power.
5. [False]
6. [False]
(Y)
Ht
Two simple harmonic motion are represented by
the equation x1 = 5 sin 2t + and x2 =

4
Hb
40
MARCH 2010
Set
`t{xt|vt V{txzx 11
This section is designed to give IIT JEE aspirants a thorough grinding & exposure to variety
of possible twists and turns of problems in mathematics that would be very helpful in facing
IIT JEE. Each and every problem is well thought of in order to strengthen the concepts and
we hope that this section would prove a rich resource for practicing challenging problems and
enhancing the preparation level of IIT JEE aspirants.
By : Shailendra Maheshwari
So lu t ion s wi l l b e p ub lished in nex t issue
Joint Director Academics, Career Point, Kota
1.
For
complex
numbers
z1
x1
+ iy1
and
6.
z2 = x2 + iy2 we write z1 z2, if x1 x2 and
2.
3.
1 z
0, Justify the result.
1+ z
7.
AP and BQ are fixed parallel tangents to a circle, and

a tangent at any point c cuts them at P and Q
respectively. Show that CP.CQ is independent of the
position of c on the circle.
|f(x)| 5/4 and |g(x)| 2

A straight line is drawn throguh the origin and
parallel to the tangent to the curve
a + a 2 y2
ln
at an arbitrary point M. Show that
Show that
(2) r
r =0
Cr
Cr
tan 1 x dx , then expression In in terms
2 + f ( x ) + f ( y)
x+y
If f
=
3
3
g(f(x)) is (A) Many one into

(B) Many one onto
(C) One one on to
(D) One one into
9.
f(g(x)) = p has (A) no real root

(B) at least one real root
(C) infinity many roots
(D) exactly one real root
10. g(f(x)) is
(A) non periodic function
(B) odd function
(C) even function
(D) None of these
r+2
1
, If n is even
= n +1
1
, If n is odd
n + 2
8.
the locus of the points P of intersection of this

straight line and the straight line parallel to the x-axis
and passing through the point M is a circle.
5.
Passage :
Let Z denotes the set of integers. Let p be a prime
number and let z1 {0, 1}. Let f : z z and g : z
z1 are two functions defined as follows :
f(n) = pn;
if n z and
g(n) = 1;
if n is a perfect square
= 0,
otherwise.
Let f(x) = ax2 + bx + c & g(x) = cx2 + bx + a, such
x + a 2 y2
for all real x and y. If f (2) = 2, then f(2) is -
that |f(0)| 1, |f(1)| 1 and |f(1)| 1. prove that
4.
of In2.
y1 y2. The for all complex numbers z with

1 z, we have
Let In =
41
MARCH 2010
MATHEMATICAL CHALLENGES
SOLUTION FOR FEBRUARY ISSUE (SET # 10)
1.
g(x) = sin x
;
0 x < /2
1
;
/2 x
sin2 x/2
;
<x
lim g(x) = lim + g(x) = g(/2) = 1
x 2
x 2
lim g(x) = lim+ g(x) = g() = 1
g() = g( +) = 0
and
g(/2) = g(/2+) = 0
Hence g(x) is continuous and differentiable in (0,)
2.
3.
4.
t
=1+s
...(1)
|b|
t
= s
...(2)
|c|
t
t
| b || c |
=1
t =
so
|b|
|c|
|b|+|c|
sin(sin x )
sin x
<
sin x
x
sin
;
0 < < /2
Let f() =
cos sin
f () =
2
cos . ( tan )
=
< 0 as tan >
2
so f()
so f(x) < f(sinx)
as
sin x < x
use it in line AD .
b
c b | c | +c | b |
| b || c |
=
pt D :
+
.
| b | + | c | | b | | c |
|b|+|c|
which divides BC in ratio of |c| : |b|
similary use eq. of external angle bisector line AE
b
c
r = p
| b| | c|
solve it with BC to find pt. E.
6.5
= 15
2
(ii) coeff. of x4 in (1 x)6
9.8.7.6
= 126
= 4 + 6 1C6 1 = 9C5 =
4.3.2
(iii) select 3 different flavours : 6C3 ways
choose (at least one from each) 4 cones :
41
C3 1 = 3C2 = 3 ways
6.5.4
so required ways = 6C3 3 =
3 = 60
3.2
(iv) Select 2 different flavours : 6C2 ways
choose (at least one from each) 4 cones ;
41
C2 1 = 3C1 = 3
so required ways (either 2 or 3 different flavours)
6.5
3 = 105
= 60 + 6C2 3 = 60 +
2
Let A at origin & P.V. of B & C are
b & c.
b
c
+
So line AD r = t
|
b
|
|
c |
& line BC r = b + ( b c )
solve them together to find pt. D
b
c
= b +s(b c)
t
+
| b| | c|
(i) 6C4 =
5.
Consider
eix(1 + eix)n = eix [1 + nC1eix + nC2ei2x + .... + nCneinx]
n+2
i
x
2
e
n
. 2cosn
x
= eix + nC1ei2x + nC2ei3x +... +
2
Cnei(n+ 1)x
Compare real parts & get (a)
Compare imag. parts & get (b)
6.
Let Ei = the event that originator will not receive a

letter in the ith stage.
Originator sands letters to two persons so in 1st stage
he will not get letter.
Prob. that letter sent by 1st received is not received
n 2
C
(n 2)(n 3) n 3
=
by originator is n 1 2 =
(n 1)(n 2)
n 1
C1
similarly prob. that letter sent by 2nd receipiant is not
n 3
received by originator is
n 1
so P(E2) = prob. that originator not received letter in
2
n 3
2nd stage is =
.
n 1
42
MARCH 2010
similarly P(E3) = prob. that originator not receive

letter sent by the four person getting letters from two
recipients is
4
n 3 n 3 n 3 n 3 n 3 n 3
.
.
.
=
=
n 1 n 1 n 1 n 1 n 1 n 1
8
n 3 n 3
P(E4) =
=
n 1 n 1
Similarly,
/ 2
1
1
1
+
sin 2 sec d
0
7
5
3
29
181
+ 2(cos ) 0 / 2 0 d =
=
105
105
22
9.
23
2 k 1
n 3
Similarly, P(Ek) =
n 1
So the required prob. is
P(E) = prob. the originator not receive letter in 1st k
stages
= P(E1) . P(E2) . ........ P(Ek)
n 3
=
n 1
n 3
=
n 1
7.
y = f(x) =
y =
2 + 2 2 + 2 3 + ....2 k 1
2.
2 k 1 1
2 1
n 3
=
n 1
e zx z dz =
4 x + 3y + m
3x 4 y + l
= a
5
5
2
(3x 4y + l) 5a(4x + 3y + m) = 0
9x2 24xy + 16y2 + (6l 20a)x + (8l 15a)y
+ (l2 5am) = 0
comp. it with given equation.
6l 20a = 18
...(1)
24l 80a = 72
8l 15a = 101
...(2)
24l 45a = 303
From (1) & (2)
125a = 375
a=3
( 2 k 2)
e zx .e z dz
1
2
e zx .e z dz + 1 =
1 2
= (e z .e zx ) 0x
2
dy 1
xy = 1
dx 2
e zx (2ze z ) dz + 1
xe z .e zx dz + 1 = xy + 1
2
x / 2 dx
2
= ex / 4
I.F. = e
Sol is y . e
y = ex
8.
/4
x2 / 4
e z
/4
x2 / 4
dx =
z2 / 4
10. circle : (x 1)2 + (y 1)2 = 1

x2 + y2 2x 2y + 1 = 0
dz
dz.
(0,1)B
sin n sec d = sin (n 1 + 1) sec d

= sin (n 1) + cos (n 1) sin sec ) d
= sin (n 1) + [ sin (n 1) cos
sin (n 2) sec ] d
= (2 sin (n 1) sin (n 2) sec ) d
2 cos(n 1)
=
sin (n 2) sec d
n 1
1 2 sin 8 sin 2
=
d
2 0
cos
1 2
cos 7
2 7
0
/2
A(1,0)
Let the line be y = mx

1
Altitude of =
1+ m2
For DE length : solve line with circle.
x2 + m2x2 2x 2mx + 1 = 0
(1 + m2)x2 2(1 + m)x + 1 = 0
sin 6 sec d
|x1 x2| =
1 2 2 2
(cos 3) 0 / 2
2 7 5 3
/2
sin 2 sec d
sin 2 sec d
9x2 24xy + 16y2 18x 101y + 19 = 0]

(3x 4y)2 = 18x + 101y 19.
Let the vertex of the parabola be A(, ). Shift origin
to A and y-axis along the tangent at vertex (3x 4y +
l) . So the axis of parabola be 4x + 3y + m = 0 (along
x axis) If L.R. of parabola be a then its equation is
|DE| =
sin 2 sec d
43
( x1 + x 2 ) 2 4x1x 2
4(1 + m) 2
2
1
4
=
2 2
2
(1 + m )
1+ m2
1+ m
x 12 + 1 |x1 x2| = 2
2m
2m
1+ m2
MARCH 2010
Students' Forum
Experts Solution for Question asked by IIT-JEE Aspirants
MATHS
1.
A ray of light is coming along the line L = 0 and

strikes the plane mirror kept along the plane p = 0 at
x2
z6
y 1
=
=
and
B. It is given that L = 0 is
3
5
4
p = 0 is x + y 2z = 3, then find the co-ordinates of B
and the equation of line along reflected ray.
x2
z6
y 1
Sol. let
=
=
=
3
5
4
x = 2 + 3, y = 1 + 4, z = 6 + 5
lies on plane x + y 2z = 3
(2 + 3) + (1 + 4) 2(6 + 5) = 3
= 4
point B (10, 15, 14)
Let equation of reflected ray L1 = 0 is line joining
Q(x2, y2, z2) and B(10, 15, 14)
x + 10
y + 15
z + 14
=
=
i.e.
16
20
12
2.
Let f be a polynomial function such that

f(x) . f(y) + 2 = f(x) + f(y) + f(xy) x R+,
y R+ {0} and f(x) is one one x R+ with
f(0) = 1, f(1) = 2, then find the area bounded
between the curve y = x2 and y = g(x) where g(x) =
2
and x-axis and also find the no. of points of
f (x)
nondifferentiability of h(x) = min {g(x), x2, |1 |x||}
Sol. Let f(x) . f(y) + 2 = f(x) + f(y) + f(xy) ....(1)
putting x = y = 1
f(1) . f(1) + 2 = 3f(1) f(1) = 2, 1
f is given one-one and f(0) = 1
f(1) = 2
1
in (1) than
replacing y by
x
1
1
f(x) . f + 2 = f(x) + f + 2
x
x
3.
f(x) = 1 + xn
also f(1) = 2 n = 2
f(x) = 1 + x2
Now to find the area,
1
2
2
2 1
x 2 dx = 2
=
Area = 2
01+ x2
3
4
3
clearly by graph you can find there is 6 points of non

differentiability.
Six points (xi. yi), i = 1, 2, ...6 on the circle x2 + y2 = 4

6
such that
x i = 8 and
i =1
= 4. The line segment
i =1
joining orthocentre of a made by these points and

the centroid of the made by other three points
passes through a fixed point, find that point.
6
Sol. let
x i = and
i =1
If f(x) = x3 + ax2 + bx + c = 0 has three distinct

integral roots and (x2 + 2x + 2)3 + a(x2 + 2x + 2)2 +
b(x2 + 2x + 2) + c = 0 has no real roots then find the
values of a, b and c
Sol. x3 + ax2 + bx + c = 0 has three distinct integral roots
and (f(x))3 + a(f(x))2 + b(f(x)) + c = 0 has no real
roots, where f(x) = x2 + 2x + 2
Let the roots of x3 + ax2 + bx + c = 0 be x1 > x2 > x3
respectively. Since f(x) can take all values from
[1, ].
x1 0
x2 1
x3 2
a = (x1 + x2 + x3) 3
b = x1x2 + x2x3 + x3x4
b2
and
c = (x1x2x3)
c0
4.
i =1
let be the ortho centre of the made by

(xi, yi), i = 1, 2, 3
0 is (x1 + x2 + x3, y1 + y2 + y3)
and G be the centroid of the made by
(xi, yi), i = 4, 5, 6
x + x 5 + x 6 y 4 + y5 + y6
G is 4
,
3
3
1 1
G is
,
3
3

Here you can say the point , divides to the OG
4 4
in 3 : 1.
44
MARCH 2010
5.
Let A, B, and C are points represented by complex

No. Z1, Z2, Z3. If the circum centre of the ABC is at
the origin and the altitude AD of the triangle meets
the circumcircle again at P, then prove that P
Z 2 Z3
.
represents the complex number
Z1
Sol.
Let circumcentre is point O.
A Z1
x
x
x
r. n C r
1 +
=n
1 x 1 x
1 x
r =0
r . C y
2 n
C(Z3)
Do you know
C r (r nx)2 . xr(1 x)n r;
x 0, 1, n N > 2
Sol.
C r (r nx) . x (1 x)
r =0
x
n
C r (r2 + n2x2 2nxr)
(1 x)
1 x
r
r
n
n
x
x
2 2
n
= (1 x)n r 2 n C r
Cr
+n x
1 x
1 x
r =0
r =0
r
n
x
2nx r. n C r

1 x
r =0
we know that
r.
C r y r = (1 + y)r
...(1)
r =0
r.
The human eye blinks an average of 4,200,000

times a year.
Skylab, the first American space station, fell to the

earth in thousands of pieces in 1979. Thankfully
most over the ocean.
It takes approximately 12 hours for food to

entirely digest.
Human jaw muscles can generate a force of 200

pounds (90.8 kilograms) on the molars.
The Skylab astronauts grew 1.5 - 2.25 inches (3.8

- 5.7 centimeters) due to spinal lengthening and
straightening as a result of zero gravity.
An inch (2.5 centimeters) of rain water is

equivalent to 15 inches (38.1 centimeters) of dry,
powdery snow.
Tremendous erosion at the base of Niagara Falls

(USA) undermines the shale cliffs and as a result
the falls have receded approximately 7 miles over
the last 10,000 years.
40 to 50 percent of body heat can be lost through

the head (no hat) as a result of its extensive
circulatory network.
A large swarm of desert locusts (Schistocerca

gregaria) can consume 20,000 tons (18,160,000
kilograms) of vegetation a day.
C r y r 1 = n(1 + y)n 1
r =0
n
The largest meteorite crater in the world is in

Winslow, Arizona. It is 4,150 feet across and 150
feet deep.
x
n
Cr
= 1 +
= (1 x)
1
x
1
r =0
Differentiating (1) w.r.t. y we get
nr
r =0
r.
C r y = ny (1 + y)
n1
....(2)
r =0
x
x
nx
+ 1
1 +
1 x 1 x
1 x
= nx(nx + 1 x) (1 x)n
given sum is equal to
(1 x)n {nx(nx + 1 x) (1 x)n + n2x2(1 x)n
2nx . nx (1 x)n}
2 2
2 2
= nx(nx + 1 x) + n x 2n x
= nx(1 x)
r =0
x
r 2 .n C r
1 x
r =0
n 2
= n(1 + y)n2{y(n 1) + (1 + y)}
=n.
P (Z)
POC = 2C and BOA = 2C
Now applying coni's method
...(1)
Z3 = Zei( 2C)
....(2)
Z2 = Z1 ei 2 C
Multiplying (1) and (2)
Z3Z2 = ZZ1 ei = ZZ1
Z 2 Z3
Z=
Z1
Evaluate :
r 1
r =0
2C
6.
= ny(1 + y)n2(ny + 1)
n
B(Z2)
n 1
= nx(1 x)n
Differentiating (2) w.r.t. y we get
2C
45
MARCH 2010
MATHS
DEFINITE INTEGRALS &

AREA UNDER CURVES
Mathematics Fundamentals
Properties 1 :
Every continuous function defined on [a, b] is

integrable over [a, b].
Every monotonic function defined on [a, b] is
integrable over [a, b]
If f(x) is a continuous function defined on [a, b], then
there exists c (a, b)such that
f (x) dx = F(x), then
If
f ( x ) dx = F(b) F(a), b a
Where F(x) is one of the antiderivatives of the

function f(x), i.e. F(x) = f(x) (a x b).
Remark : When evaluating integrals with the help of
the above formula, the students should keep in mind
the condition for its legitimate use. This formula is
used to compute the definite integral of a function
continuous on the interval [a, b] only when the
equality F(x) = f(x) is fulfilled in the whole interval
[a, b], where F(x) is antiderivative of the function
f(x). In particular, the antiderivative must be a
function continuous on the whole interval [a, b]. A
discontinuous function used as an antiderivative will
lead to wrong result.
If F(x) =
b
1
f ( x ) dx is called the
(b a ) a
mean value of the function f(x) on the interval [a, b].
If f is continous on [a, b], then the integral function g
f ( x ) dx =
f ( x ) dx =
m(b a)
dx
f ( x ) dx =
2a
2
f ( x ) dx =
0
if f(x) = f ( x )
f ( x ) dx M(b a)
( x)
( x )
f ( t ) dt = f((x)) (x) f((x)) (x)
f ( x ) dx
| f ( x ) | dx
f ( x )g ( x ) dx
1/ 2
f 2 ( x ) dx
1/ 2
g 2 ( x ) dx
Change of variables : If the function f(x) is

continuous on [a, b] and the function x = (t) is
continuously differentiable on the interval [t1, t2] and
a = (t1), b = (t2), then
f ( x ) dx if f(x) = f(x)
f (a + b x ) dx
2
f ( x ) dx =
a
0
a
f ( t ) dt for x [a, b] is
If f2(x) and g2(x) are integrable on [a, b], then
f ( x ) dx, a < c < b
f (x) dx = f (a x) dx
or
f ( x ) dx +
If the function (x) and (x) are defined on [a, b] and

differentiable at a point x (a, b) and f(t) is
continuous for (a) t (b), then
f ( x ) dx 0
f ( x ) dx
derivable on [a, b] and g(x) = f(x) for all x [a, b].

If m and M are the smallest and greatest values of a
function f(x) on an interval [a, b], then
f ( t ) dt
f (x) dx =
defined by g(x) =
Properties of Definite Integrals :

b
f ( x ) dx = f(c) . (b a)
The number f(c) =
f ( t ) dt, t a, then F(x) = f(x)
If f(x) 0 on the interval [a, b], then
f ( x ) dx =
t2
t1
f (( t )) (t) dt
Let a function f(x, ) be continuous for a x b and

c d. Then for any [c, d], if
f ( x ) dx if f(2a x) = f(x)
if f(2a x) = f ( x )
I() =
46
f ( x , ) dx, then I() =
f (x , ) dx,
MARCH 2010
Where I() is the derivative of I() w.r.t. and

f(x, ) is the derivative of f(x, ) w.r.t. , kepping x
constant.
2
n 1 n 3 n 5
n . n 2 . n 4 ..... 3
In =
n 1 n 3 n 5
1
..... .
.
.
2 2
n n2 n4
Integrals with Infinite Limits :
If a function f(x) is continuous for a x < , then by

definition
f ( x ) dx = lim
f ( x ) dx
b a
If In =
a a
f ( x ) dx =
d
dx
f ( x ) dx and
f ( x ) dx +
f ( x ) dx
1
a
2
x f (x)
0
log sin x dx =
/ 2
e ax cos bx dx =
e ax sin bx dx =
e ax xndx =
If In =
r =0
1
cos + (n 1) sin n
2
2
cos( + r) =
1
r =0
sin
2
log cos x dx
n 1
/ 2
12
1
22
1
32
1
2
.... =
2
12
+ .... =
2
6
1
2
3
Area under Curves :
Area bounded by the curve y = f(x), the x-axis and
the ordinates x = a, x = b
Reduction Formulae of some Define Integrals :
r 1
f n . n = f (x) dx
1
sin + (n 1) sin n
2
2
sin( + r) =
1
r =0
sin
2
m +1 n +1
/ 2
2 2
sin m x cos n x dx =
0
m+n+2
2
d
d
v(x) f{u(x)
u(x)
dx
dx
n 1
If m and n are non-negative integers, then
u(x)
if f(a x) = f(x)
1
(n + 1) = n (n), (1) = 1, =
2
f ( t ) dt = f{v(x)}
n 1
1
= log 2 = log
2
2
2
v( x )
lim
f (x)
a
and
dx =
0 f ( x ) + f (a x )
2
( when n is even)
Some Important Results :
x f (x) dx
/ 2
( when n is odd )
Summation of Series by Integration :
properties :
cos n x dx , then
Leibnitz's Rule :
If f(x) is continuous and u(x), v(x) are differentiable
functions in the interval [a, b], then
Geometrically, the improper integral (i) for f(x) > 0,

is the area of the figure bounded by the graph of the
function y = f(x), the straight line x = a and the xaxis. Similarly,
f ( x ) dx = lim
( when n is even)
2
n 1 n 3 n 5
n . n 2 . n 4 ..... 3
Im =
1
n 1 n 3 n 5
..... .
.
.
2 2
n n2 n4
....(i)
If there exists a finite limit on the right hand side of

(i), then the improper integrals is said to be
convergent; otherwise it is divergent.
/ 2
( when n is odd )
y dx =
f ( x ) dx
a + b2
y = f(x)
b
y
a + b2
x=b
n!
a n +1
sin x dx , then
Area bounded by the curve x = f(y), the y-axis and

the abscissae y = a, y = b
47
MARCH 2010
x dy =
ENERGY
f ( y) dy
y=b
x
x = f(y)
y=a
Mechanical energy is the sum of the potential

and kinetic energy.
Units: a = [m/sec2], F = [kgm/sec2] (newton),

work = pe= ke = [kgm2/sec2] (joule)
An ev is an energy unit equal to 1.6 1019

joules
Gravitational potential energy increases as

height increases.
Kinetic energy changes only if velocity changes.
Mechanical energy (pe + ke) does not change

for a free falling mass or a swinging pendulum.
(when ignoring air friction)
The units for power are [joules/sec] or the

rate of change of energy.
X
The area of the region bounded by y1 = f1(x), y2 = f2(x)
and the ordinates x = a and x = b is given by
f 2 ( x ) dx
f1 ( x ) dx
Y
B
x=a
x=b
ELECTRICITY
X
where f2(x) is y2 of the upper curve and f1(x) is y1 of
the lower curve, i.e. the required area
[f 2 ( x ) f1 ( x )] dx =
( y 2 y1 ) dx
f(x) 0 for all x in a x b, then area bounded by xaxis, the curve y = f(x) and the ordinates x = a, x = b
is given by
=
f ( x ) dx
Y
C X
A coulomb is charge, an amp is current

[coulomb/sec] and a volt is potential difference
[joule/coulomb].
Short fat cold wires make the best conductors.
Electrons and protons have equal amounts of

charge (1.6 x 10-19 coulombs each).
Adding a resistor in parallel decreases the total

resistance of a circuit.
Adding a resistor in series increases the total

resistance of a circuit.
All resistors in series have equal current (I).
All resistors in parallel have equal voltage (V).
If two charged spheres touch each other add

the charges and divide by two to find the final
charge on each sphere.
Insulators contain no free electrons.
Ionized gases conduct electric current using

positive ions, negative ions and electrons.
Electric fields all point in the direction of the

force on a positive test charge.
Electric fields between two parallel plates are

uniform in strength except at the edges.
Millikan determined the charge on a single

electron using his famous oil-drop experiment.
All charge changes result from the movement

of electrons not protons (an object becomes
positive by losing electrons).
B
A
If f(x) 0 for a x c and f(x) 0 for c x b, then

area bounded by y = f(x), x-axis and the ordinates
x = a, x = b is given by
b
f (x) dx +
f ( x ) dx =
x=a
A
f(x)0
f(x)0
f (x) dx
f ( x ) dx
N
x=b
48
MARCH 2010
MATHS
PROBABILITY
Mathematics Fundamentals
Probability :
In a random experiment, let S be the sample space
and E S, then E is an event.
The probability of occurrence of event E is defined as
Some Definitions :
Experiment : A operation which can produce some
well defined outcomes is known as an experiment.
Random experiment : If in each trail of an
experiment conducted under identical conditions, the
outcome is not unique, then such an experiment is
called a random experiment.
Sample space : The set of all possible outcomes in
an experiment is called a sample space. For example,
in a throw of dice, the sample space is {1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6}. Each element of a sample space is called a sample
point.
Event :
An event is a subset of a sample space.
Simple event : An event containing only a single
sample point is called an elementary or simple event.
Events other than elementary are called composite or
compound or mixed events.
For example, in a single toss of coin, the event of
getting a head is a simple event.
Here S = {H, T} and E = {H}
In a simultaneous toss of two coins, the event of
getting at least one head is a compound event.
Here S = {HH, HT, TH, TT} and E = {HH, HT, TH}
Equally likely events : The given events are said to
be equally likely, if none of them is expected to occur
in preference to the other.
Mutually exclusive events : If two or more events
have no point in common, the events are said to be
mutually exclusive. Thus E1 and E2 are mutually
exclusive in E1 E2 = .
The events which are not mutually exclusive are
known as compatible events.
Exhaustive events : A set of events is said to be
totally exhaustive (simply exhaustive), if no event out
side this set occurs and at least one of these event
must happen as a result of an experiment.
Independent and dependent events : If there are
events in which the occurrence of one does not
depend upon the occurrence of the other, such events
are known as independent events. On the other hand,
if occurrence of one depend upon other, such events
are known as dependent events.
P(E) =
=
number of distinct elements in E

n(E)
=
number of distinct element in S
n(S)
number of outocomes favourable to occurrence of E

number of all possible outcomes
Notations :
Let A and B be two events, then
A B or A + B stands for the occurrence of at

least one of A and B.
A B or AB stands for the simultaneous
occurrence of A and B.
A B stands for the non-occurrence of both A
and B.
A B stands for "the occurrence of A implies
occurrence of B".
Random variable :
A random variable is a real valued function whose
domain is the sample space of a random experiment.
Bays rule :
Let (Hj) be mutually exclusive events such that
n
P(Hj) > 0 for j = 1, 2, ..... n and S = U H j . Let A be

j=1
an events with P(A) > 0, then for j = 1, 2, .... , n

P( H j ) P(A / H j )
Hj
=
P
n
A
P(H k ) P( A / H k )
k =1
Binomial Distribution :
If the probability of happening of an event in a single
trial of an experiment be p, then the probability of
happening of that event r times in n trials will be nCr
pr (1 p)n r.
Some important results :
(A)
P(A) =
=
49
Number of cases favourable to event A

Total number of cases
n(A)
n(S)
MARCH 2010
P(A) =
(i) Probability of happening none of them
Number of cases not favourable to event A

Total number of cases
= (1 p1) (1 p2) ........ (1 pn)

(ii) Probability of happening at least one of them
n(A)
n(S)
= 1 (1 p1) (1 p2) ....... (1 pn)

(iii) Probability of happening of first event and not
happening of the remaining
(B) Odd in favour and odds against an event : As a

result of an experiment if a of the outcomes are
favourable to an event E and b of the outcomes are
against it, then we say that odds are a to b in favour
of E or odds are b to a against E.
Thus odds in favour of an event E
= p1(1 p2) (1 p3) ....... (1 pn)

If A and B are any two events, then
B
P(A B) = P(A) . P or
A
Number of favourable cases

a
=
Number of unfavourable cases
b
B
P(AB) = P(A) . P
A
Similarly, odds against an event E

=
Number of unfavourable cases

b
=
Number of favorable cases
a
B
Where P is known as conditional probability
A
means probability of B when A has occurred.
Note :
If odds in favour of an event are a : b, then the
probability of the occurrence of that event is
a
and the probability of non-occurrence of
a+b
b
that event is
.
a+b
Difference between mutually exclusiveness and

independence : Mutually exclusiveness is used
when the events are taken from the same
experiment and independence is used when the
events are taken from the same experiments.
(E)
If odds against an event are a : b, then the

probability of the occurrence of that event is
b
and the probability of non-occurrence of
a+b
a
that event is
.
a+b
(C)
P(AB) + P( AB ) = 1
P( A B) = P(B) P(AB)
P(A B ) = P(A) P(AB)
P(A + B) = P(A B ) + P( A B) + P(AB)
Some important remark about coins, dice and playing
cards :
P(A) + P( A ) = 1
0 P(A) 1
(D)
Coins : A coin has a head side and a tail side. If

an experiment consists of more than a coin, then
coins are considered to be distinct if not otherwise
stated.
P() = 0
P(S) = 1
If S = {A1, A2, ..... An}, then
P(A1) + P(A2) + .... + P(An) = 1
If the probability of happening of an event in one
trial be p, then the probability of successive
happening of that event in r trials is pr.
If A and B are mutually exclusive events, then
P(A B) = P(A) + P(B) or
P(A + B) = P(A) + P(B)
If A and B are any two events, then
Dice : A die (cubical) has six faces marked 1, 2,

3, 4, 5, 6. We may have tetrahedral (having four
faces 1, 2, 3, 4,) or pentagonal (having five faces
1, 2, 3, 4, 5) die. As in the case of coins, If we
have more than one die, then all dice are
considered to be distinct if not otherwise stated.
Playing cards : A pack of playing cards usually
has 52 cards. There are 4 suits (Spade, Heart,
Diamond and Club) each having 13 cards. There
are two colours red (Heart and Diamond) and
black (Spade and Club) each having 26 cards.
P(A B) = P(A) + P(B) P(A B) or

P(A + B) = P(A) + P(B) P(AB)
If A and B are two independent events, then
In thirteen cards of each suit, there are 3 face cards or

coart card namely king, queen and jack. So there are
in all 12 face cards (4 kings, 4 queens and 4 jacks).
Also there are 16 honour cards, 4 of each suit namely
ace, king, queen and jack.
P(A B) = P(A) . P(B) or

P(AB) = P(A) . P(B)
If the probabilities of happening of n independent
events be p1, p2, ...... , pn respectively, then
P(A A ) = 0
50
MARCH 2010
MOCK TEST FOR IIT-JEE

PAPER - I
Time : 3 Hours
Total Marks : 240
Instructions :
This question paper contains 60 questions in Chemistry (20), Mathematics (20) & Physics (20).
In section -I (8 Ques) of each paper +3 marks will be given for correct answer & 1 mark for wrong answer.
In section -II (4 Ques) of each paper +4 marks will be given for correct answer 1 mark for wrong answer.
In section -III contains 2 groups of questions (2 3 = 6 Ques.) of each paper +4 marks will be given for each
correct answer & 1 mark for wrong answer.
In section -IV (2 Ques.) of each paper +8(24) marks will be given for correct answer & No Negative marking for
wrong answer.
CHEMISTRY
5.
Calculate the pH of a solution of 0.1 M Fe(NO3)3 if

acid dissociation constant for the given reaction is
1.0 103
H3O+ (aq) + [Fe(H2O)5OH]2+
[Fe(H2O)6] 3+ + H2O(l)
(A) 1.5
(B) 2.02
(C) 2.64
(D) 3
6.
A real gas of molar mass 60 g mol1 has density at

critical point equal to 0.80 g/cm3 and its critical
SECTION I
Straight Objective Type
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each
question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
which ONLY ONE is correct.
1.
2.
4 105
K. Then the
821
van der Waal's constant 'a' (atm L2 mol2) will be
(A) 0.025
(B) 0.325
(C) 3.375
(D) 33.750
If the wavelength of series limit of Lyman series for

He+ ion is x then what will be the wavelength of series
limit of Balmer series for Li+2 ion ?
9x
4x
(B)
(A)
4
7
5x
16 x
(D)
(C)
4
9
temperature is given by Tc =
7.
The molecular size of ICl and Br2 is approximately

same, but boiling point of ICl is about 40 higher than
that of Br2 this difference in boiling point is observed
because(A) ICl bond is stronger than BrBr bond
(B) I.E. of iodine < I.E. of bromine
(C) Iodine is larger than bromine
(D) ICl is polar while Br2 is non polar
8.
Which of the following reaction leads to formation of

pair of enantiomers ?
Select the correct order of decreasing boiling point of

the following compounds
|
OH
(I)
N
|
Me
(II)
(A) I > II > III > IV

(C) IV > III > II > I
N
|
H
(III)
O
(IV)
(B) I > III > IV > II

(D) IV > III > I > II
3.
D-glucose and D-fructose can be distinguished by

(A) Fehling's solution (B) Tollene's reagent
(D) Benedict's test
(C) Br2/H2O
4.
Which of the following is an organo silicon polymer?

(A) Silica
(B) Silicon
(C) Silicic Acid
(D) Silicon carbide
CH OH
(A)
(B)
(C)
51
H O
CN
DMSO
MARCH 2010
Me
(D)
OH
DMF
(D)
(C)
SECTION II
Multiple Correct Answers Type
n2
1/n
This section contains 4 multiple correct answer(s) type

questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and
(D), out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct.
9.
SECTION III
Which of the following reaction occur in Bessemer's

converter ?
(A) 2Cu2S + 5O2 2CuSO4 + 2CuO
(B) 2Cu2S + 3O2 2Cu2O + 2SO2
(C) 2CuFeS2 + O2 Cu2S + 2FeS + SO2
(D) FeO + SiO2 FeSiO3
Comprehension Type
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group
has 3 multiple choice questions based on a paragraph.
Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Paragraph # 1 (Ques. 13 to 15)
Generally indicators used in acid-base titration
reactions are either weak acid or weak bases. Their
equilibria may be presented as
H+ + In
HIn
Where HIn is its acidic form and In is its basic form.
If KIn is the indicator ionisation constant then [H+] of
indicator can be expressed in the following way
[HIn]
[H+] = KIn .
[In ]
10. Identify the compounds which do not give positive

iodoform test in the following sequence of the
reaction
(i) Hydrolysis (ii) Heating (iii) I2 + NaOH
CO2Et
O
(A) CH3 CH C Et (B)
CO2Et
O
OEt
(C)
(D) Me CH CO2Et
12
CO2Et
11. A sample of H2O2 solution labelled as "28V" has
density of 265 gL1. Identify the correct statement (s)
w
(A) M H 2O2 = 2.5
(B) %
= 8.5
v
(C) m H 2O2 = 13.88
8
4
3
2
(D) Mole fraction of H2O2 = 0.2
The indicator used in a particular acid base titration

depends on the nature of acid or base. One such
indicator diagram is given.
13. The pH range of an indicator is 4-6. If it is 50%
ionised in a given solution then its ionisation constant
would be
(A) 104
(B) 105
6
(C) 10
(D) None
r
U
(B)
HB
Vol.of NaOH (in mL)
12. Select the correctly presented graph if

v = velocity of e in Bohr's orbit
r = radius of Bohr's orbit
U = potential energy of e in Bohr's orbit
T = kinetic energy of e in Bohr's orbit
(A)
HA
pH
1/n2
14. Calculate the pH at equivalence point when 5 milli

mol of HB is titrated with 0.1 M NaOH.
(A) 8.5
(B) 8.75
(C) 8.85
(D) 9.0
n2
15. Which of the following indicator is most suitable for

titration of HB with strong base
52
MARCH 2010
(A) Phenolphthalein (8.3 10)

(B) Bromothymol blue (6 7.6)
(C) Methyl Red (4.2 - 6.3)
(D) Malachite green (11.413)
labeled p, q, r, s and t. any given statement in Column I

can have correct matching with ONE OR MORE
statements (s) in column II. The appropriate bubbled
corresponding to the answers to these questions have to
be darkened as illustrated in the following example :
If the correct matches are A p, s and t; B q and r;
C p and q; and D s and t; then the correct
darkening of bubbles will look like the following.
p q r s t
q r
A

A useful method to convert oxime to substituted
amide is Beckmann rearrangement which occurs
through following steps,
Ph
Ph
C=N
C=N
CH3
( I)
OH
Me
+
OH2
( III)
(IV)
CH3 CNHPh
OH
16. Rate determining step in Beckmann rearrangement is
(A) I
(B) II
(C) III
(D) IV
Me
C=N
when treated
Ph
OH
with H2SO4 and hydrolysed the products formed are
(A) CH3COOH and PhNH2
(B) CH3NH2 and PhCOOH
(C) PhCH2NH2 and CH3COOH
(D) PhCH2COOH and CH3NH2
17. The compound
NH OH
I PCl
5 P
CH3 2
pH = 46
the product P may be

(A) PhCOOH
O
(B) CH3
Column II
(Isomers)
(p) Total stereoisomers
are 10
(q) Total meso isomers
are 2
(r) Total optical isomers
are 4
(s) Total stereoisomers
are 2
(t) Meso isomers zero
20. Match species of column-I with those species of

column-II which has same hybridization.
Column I
Column II
(A) B3N3H6
(p) ClO
(B) S2Cl2
(q) IF7
(C) XeF5
(r) CO32
(D) ICl4
(s) S8
(t) XeO2F4
18. In the following sequence of reaction

O
Ph C
19. Match the column

Column I
(Compounds)
(A) 2,3-Dihydroxy
butanoic acid
(B) 1,3-Dichloro-1methyl cyclobutane
(C) 2,3,4,5-Tetrahydroxy
hexane-1, 6-diol
(D) 3-Chloro butane-2-ol
O
CH3 C = NPh
H 2O
2O
CH 3 C = N Ph H
( II)
MATHEMATICS
CNH2
SECTION I
O
(C) Ph C NH
CH3

O
(D) Ph C NH2
1.
SECTION IV
Matrix Match Type
This section contains 2 questions. Each question
contains statements given in two columns, which have
to be matched. The statements in Column I are labeled
A, B, C and D, while the statements in Column II are
53
Given the function f(x) = 1 /(1 x), the points of

discontinuity
of
the
composite
function
y = f 3n (x), where f n(x) = fof . of (n times) are
(n N)
(A) 0, 1
(B) 2n
(C) 3n
(D) 2n + 1
MARCH 2010
2.
3.
r
The lines r = i j + (2i + k) and
r
r = (2i j) + (i + j k) intersect for
(A) = 1, = 1
(B) = 2, = 3
(C) all values of and
(D) no value of and
The tangent at the point P(x1, y1) to the parabola

y2 = 4ax meets the parabola y2 = 4a(x + b) at
Q and R, the coordinates of the mid-point of QR are
(A) (x1 a, y1 + b)
(B) (x1, y1)
(D) (x1 b, y1 b)
(C) (x1 + b, y1 + a)
5.
Equation of the line which is parallel to the line

common to the pair of lines given by
6x2 xy 12y2 = 0 and 15x2 + 14xy 8y2 = 0 and
the sum of whose intercepts on the axes is 7, is
(A) 2x 3y = 42
(B) 3x + 4y = 12
(C) 5x 2y = 10
(D) None of these
6.
If 2 sin2 ((/2) cos2x) = 1 cos ( sin 2x),

x (2n + 1) /2, n I, then cos 2x is equal to
(A) 1/5
(B) 3/5
(C) 4/5
(D) 1
7.
The value of tan 3 cot cannot lie in

(A) ] 0, 2/3 [
(B) ] 1/3, 3 [
(C) ] 4/3, 4 [
(D) ] 2, 10/3 [
| x 3 | dx = 2A + B then
1
(A) A = 3/2, B = 4
(C) A = 2, B = 3/2
(B) A = 1, B = 1/2
(D) A = 1/2, B = 3/2
3x 2 + 12 x 1 , 1 x 2
11. If f(x) =
. Then
37 x
, 2<x3
(A) f(x) is increasing on [1, 2]
(B) f(x) is continuous on [1, 3]
(C) f (2) doesn't exist
(D) f(x) has the maximum value at x = 2
12. If the line ax + by + c = 0 is a normal to the curve

xy = 1. Then
(A) a > 0, b > 0
(B) a > 0, b < 0
(C) a < 0, b > 0
(D) a < 0, b < 0
SECTION III
Comprehension Type
The tournament for ABC Cup is arranged as per the

following rules; in the beginning 16 teams are
entered and divided in 2 groups of 8 teams each
where the team in any group plays exactly once with
all the teams in the same group.
At the end of this round top four teams from each
group advance to the next round in which two teams
play each other and the losing team goes out of the
tournament. Then four winning teams play for semi
finals and finally there is one final. The rules of the
tournament are such that every match can result only
in a win or a loss and not in a tie.
k 1
(B)
N
(D) None of these
SECTION II
13. The maximum number of matches that a team going

out of the tournament in the first round itself can win
is (A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4

dy x 2 + y 2 + 1
=
satisfying y(1) = 1
dx
2 xy
10. If
A box contains tickets numbered 1 to N. n tickets are

drawn from the box with replacement. The
probability that the largest number on the tickets is k
is
k
(A)
N
(C) 0
The solution of
is given by
(A) a system of hyperbola
(B) a system of circles
(C) y2 = x(1 + x) 1
(D) (x 2)2 + (y 3)2 = 5
The plane 2x y + 3z + 5 = 0 is rotated through

90 about its line of intersection with the plane
5x 4y + 2z + 1 = 0. The equation of the plane in the
new position is
(A) 6x 9y 29z 31 = 0
(B) 27x 24y 26z 13 = 0
(C) 43x 32y 2z + 27 = 0
(D) 26x 43y 151z 165 = 0
4.
8.
9.
14. The minimum number of matches that a team must

win in order to qualify for the second round is -
54
MARCH 2010
(A) 4
(B) 5
(C) 6
y = a2x + b meet the coordinate

axes in con-cyclic points then
(B) If the circles
(q) b2 = a1a2
2
2
x + y + 2a1x + b = 0
and x2 + y2 + 2a2x + b = 0
touch each other then
(C) If in (B) the first circle
(r) b > 0
lies completely inside
the second circle then
(D) If the chord of contact of the
(s) b = 0
tangents drawn to x2 + y2 = b2
from any point on x2 + y2 = a22
touches the circle x2 + y2 = a21,
then (In all the cases a1 a2)
(t) b2 a,a2 = 0
(D) 7
15. Which of the following statements about a team

which has already qualified for the second round is
true?
(A) To win the cup it has to win exactly 14 matches
(B) To win the cup it has to win exactly 3 matches
(C) To win the cup it has to win exactly 4 matches
(D) To win the cup it has to win exactly 5 matches
In any ABC, we known the relationship between the
sides (a, b, c), angles (A, B, C), circum-radius (R),
area () and other parameters.
1
sin A sin B sin C
2
=
=
=
=
a
b
c
2R abc
Using the above information, answer the following
questions -
20. Observe the following lists

Column- I
Column- II
(A) If a, b and c are positive
(p) Exactly one
real numbers, then
root
ax3 + bx + c = 0 has
(B) If c > 0 and the quadratic
(q) 4a2 < (2b c) a
2
equation 3ax + 4bx + c = 0
has no real root, then (a,b,c R)
(C) If the quadratic equation
(r) 3a + c > 4b
ax2 + bx + c = 0 has real roots
and 2 lies between the roots,
then (a, b, c R)
(D) If the quadratic equation
(s) a2 < 2a (b 2c)
2
ax + bx + c = 0 has
roots , such that
< 2 and > 2 then
(t) 4b c < 3a
16. If two sides of a triangle are 5 and 8, and its circum

25
radius is
, then the third side can be 6
(A) only 5
(B) only 7.8
(C) 5 and 7.8
(D) 6 and 7.2
17. In any triangle, a cos A + b cos B + c cos C is equal
to (A) 4R sinA sinB sinC (B) 2R sin A sin B sin C
(C) 4R cosA cosB cosC (D) 2R cos A cos B cos C
18. If 8R2 = a2 + b2 + c2, then the triangle is (A) Right-angled
(B) Isosceles
(C) Equilateral
(D) None of these
SECTION IV
Matrix Match Type
p q r s t
q r
A
B
p
r
C
D
19.
SECTION I
1.
Column I
(A) If straight lines y = a1x + b and
PHYSICS
Three blocks are arranged as shown in which ABCD

is a horizontal plane. Strings are massless and both
pulley stands vertical while the strings connecting
blocks m1 and m2 are also vertical and are
perpendicular to faces AB and BC which are
mutually perpendicular to each other. If m1 and m2
are 3 kg and 4 kg respectively. Coefficient of friction
between the block m3 = 10 kg and surface is = 0.6
then, frictional force on m3 is -
Column II
(p) a1a2 > 0
55
MARCH 2010
C
m3
m2
m1
(A) 30 N
2.
7.
(B) 40 N
(C) 50 N
(D) 60 N
A particle of mass m is allowed to oscillate near the

minimum point of a vertical parabolic path having
the equation x2 = 4ay, then the angular frequency of
small oscillations of particle is
y
x2 = 4ay
m
g
8.
(A)
3.
4.
5.
6.
ga
(B)
2ga
(C)
g
a
(D)
g
2a
. . .
. . .
. .B .
2B
If v is the velocity just required for a charge particle

of mass m and charge q to pass through the magnetic
field. Particle is projected with velocity 'v' then how
much time does such a charge spend in the magnetic
field
m
3m
m
m
(A)
(D)
(B)
(C)
2qB
qB
4qB
2qB
SECTION II
When hydrogen like atom in excited state make a

transition from excited state to ground state, most
energetic photons have energy Emax = 52.224 eV and
least
energetic
photons
have
energy
Emin = 1.224 eV. Find the atomic number (A) 4
(B) 6
(C) 2
(D) 8

9.
A diverging lens, focal length f1 = 20 cm is separated

by 5 cm from a converging mirror, focal length f2 =
10 cm. Where should an object be placed from the
lens so that a real image is formed at the object itself?
(A) 30 cm (B) 60 cm (C) 10 cm
(D) 40 cm
We have an infinite non-conducting sheet of

negligible thickness carrying a uniform surface
charge density and next to it , an infinite parallel
slab of thickness D with uniform volume charge
density +. All charges are fixed.
If ammeter has zero resistance then
2R
R
A
R
R
The magnetic field shown in the figure consist of the

two magnetic fields.
v
A parallel plate capacitor of plate area A and

separation d is provided with thin insulating spacers
to keep its plates aligned in an environment of
fluctuating temperature. If the coefficient of thermal
expansion of material of plate is then the
coefficient of thermal expansion (S) of the spacers
in order that the capacitance does not vary with
temperature (ignore effect of spacers on capacitance)
(B) S = 3
(A) S =
2
(C) S = 2
(D) S =
(A) Reading of ammeter is
7R
(C) Reading of ammeter is

8R
(D) Reading of ammeter is

9R
A circular disc of radius r = 5 m is rotating in
horizontal plane about y-axis. y-axis a vertical axis
passing through the centre of disc and x-z is the
horizontal plane at ground. The height of disc above
ground is h = 5 m. Small particles are ejecting from
disc in horizontal direction with speed 12 m/s from
the circumference of disc then the distance of these
particles from origin when they hits x z plane is (A) 5 m
(B) 12 m
(C) 13 m
(D) None of these
(B) Reading of ammeter is
(A) Magnitude of electric field at a distance h above

D
the negatively charged sheet is
2 0
(B) Magnitude of electric field inside the slab at a
distance h below the negatively charged sheet
+ (D 2h )
(h < D) is
2 0
6R
56
MARCH 2010
(C) Magnitude of electric field at a distance h below

D
the bottom of the slab is
4 0
(D) Magnitude of electric field at a distance h below
D
the bottom of the slab is
2 0
Comprehension Type
The system shown in the diagram consists of two flat
conducting strips of length l, width b (perpendicular
to plane of diagram) separated by a small gap 'a'
(where a <<< b, l). The right ends of the strips are
shorted and a battery of voltage V0 is connected
across the left ends. The current is assumed to flow
only parallel to the l-dimension of the strips. Neglect
all resistances.
i
10. A ball of mass m hits a wedge of mass '2m' with

velocity 'v0' in horizontal direction and moves in
vertically upward direction with velocity 'v0/2'. There
is no friction between wedge and the surface
v0
m
2m
45
(A) Coefficient of restitution between ball and wedge

is 1
(B) Coefficient of restitution between ball and wedge
3
is
4
5
mv 0
(C) Impulse on wedge due to ball is
2
mv 0
(D) Impulse on wedge due to surface is
2
a
i
l
13. What is the self inductance of the circuit la

bl
(B) 0
(A) 0
b
a
11. In a modified YDSE experiment if point source of

monochromatic light O is placed in such a manner
where is wavelength of light

that OS1 OS2 =
4
and S1, S2 are slits separated by distance 2. Then
value/s of for which a maxima is obtained will be
S1
(C)
S2
(B) sin1 (1/4)
(D) sin1 (7/8)
(A) sin1 (1/8)

(C) sin1 (5/6)
O2
SECTION III
b2
0 xa V02 t
b L2
(A)
0 xa V0 t
b L
(B)
(C)
0 xaV02 t
bL
(D) None of these

Nuclear reactions are performed for artificial
transmutation of elements for there are two types of
nuclear reactions, exoergic and endoergic. In
exoergic reactions energy is released. In endoergic
reactions energy has to supplied for the reaction
proceed. In exoergic reactions nuclear energy is
converted into kinetic energy. In endoergic reactions,
energy input is required in the form of kinetic energy
to be converted into nuclear binding energy. The
wall
(B) f2 = 0 Hz
(D) f1 < f2
(A) f1 = 0 Hz
(C) f1 > f2
0a 2l
15. What is the rate of flow of energy down the system

as a function of distance from shorted end. Where
t-time and x-distance from shorted end. (L is a self
inductance) :
12. A source of sound producing sound of frequency

100 Hz is moving towards a wall with velocity
20 m/s as shown. If O1 and O2 are two stationary
observers and beat frequencies heard by them are
f1 and f2 respectively between sound directly from
source and sound reflected from wall. Then: (Assume
velocity of sound to be 330 m/s)
O1
b2
(D)
14. What is the voltage across the strips as a function of

the distance 'x' from the shorted end. (L is a self
inductance) :
xaV0
aV
(B) 0 0
(A) 0
bL
xbL
0 ax
0aV0 L
(C)
(D)
bx
V0 bL
0 al 2
57
MARCH 2010
minimum energy required for the reaction to take

place is called threshold energy consider the
reaction-
the tank is rising upward along the same line with

speed 8 cm/s. (Take water = 4/3)
Column I
Column II
(in cm/s)
(A) Speed of the image of
(p) 16
fish as seen by the
bird directly
(B) Speed of the image of
(q) 0
fish formed after
reflection from the
mirror as seen by the
bird
(C) Speed of image bird
(r) 12
relative to the fish
looking upwards
(D) Speed of image bird
(s) 8
relative to the fish
looking downwards
in the mirror
(t) 10
p + 13 H 12 H + 12 H
Atomic masses are :m( 11 H atom) = 1.007825 amu (u)
m( 13 H atom) = 3.016049 amu (u)
m( 12 H atom) = 2.014102 amu (u)
16.
Protons are incident on 13 H at rest. The threshold

energy for the reaction is (A) 5.4 MeV
(B) 10 MeV
(C) 2 MeV
(D) 8 MeV
17. When 13 H are incident on protons. Threshold energy

is (A) 10 MeV
(B) 8 MeV
(C) 16 MeV
(D) 20 MeV
18. Which of the following is true (A) less energy is required for nuclear reaction if
light part is at rest and heavy particle is incident
(B) More energy is required for nuclear reaction
when heavy particle is incident and light particle
is at rest
(C) Threshold energy does not depend on which
particle is at rest
(D) Threshold energy does not depend on Q-value of
reaction
20. Column I shows various mass distribution and

Column II contains magnitude of gravitation field vs
'r' and magnitude of gravitation potential vs 'r' graphs.
Where 'r' is distance from centre 'C'.
Column I
Column II

p q r s t
q r
A
r
C
D
(B)
(q) E
r
Cross section of long

solid cylinder from
which a cylinder of
radius 'R/2' is removed
R
(C)
P
r
(r) v
r
Ring of radius 'R', point

'P' is at the axis of ring
perpendicular to ring
and passing through
its centre
19. A bird in air is diving vertically over a tank with

speed 6 cm/s. Base of the tank is silvered. A fish in
(p) E
Solid sphere of radius

'R' from which sphere
of radius 'R/2' is removed
Matrix Match Type
SECTION IV
(A)
58
MARCH 2010
of triangle and passing

through its centroid
(D)
R
(s)
(t) v
There identical masses

placed at the corner of
equilateral triangle, Point
'P' lies of a line
perpendicular to plane
MOCK TEST FOR IIT-JEE

PAPER - II
Time : 3 Hours
Total Marks : 240
Instructions :
This question paper contains 57 questions in Chemistry (19,) Mathematics (19) & Physics (19).
In section -I (4 Ques) of each paper +3 marks will be given for correct answer & 1 mark for wrong answer.
In section -II (5 Ques) of each paper +4 marks will be given for correct answer & 1 mark for wrong answer
In section -III (2 Ques.) of each paper +8(24) marks will be given for correct answer. No Negative marking for
wrong answer.
In section -IV (8 Ques.) of each paper +4 marks will be given for correct answer & 1 mark for wrong answer.
CHEMISTRY
OH
(A)
SECTION I
O
CH3
(C)
3.
A bromide ion does not interfere with the chromyl

chloride test because when a bromide ion is present
(A) CrO2Br2 formed is less volatile than CrO2Cl2
(B) CrO2Br2 does not react with NaOH
(C) Br2 is liberated which leaves NaOH solution
colourless
(D) no gaseous substance containing bromine is
produced
4.
The correct order of reactivity towards diazo

coupling with phenol in basic medium would be-
E NO / NO = 0.79 V]
3
(B) 100.45 (C) 100.66
(D) 101.23
Identify the final product P in following sequence of

reaction
O
Mg
A +
Br
Et 2O
CH3
CH3
(D)
OH
Copper reduces NO3 to NO and NO2. The formation

of product depends on the concentration HNO3 in
solution. Assuming [Cu +2] = 0.1 M,
PNO = PNO 2 = 103 bar. At what approximate
concentration of HNO3 thermodynamic tendency for
reduction of NO3 into NO and NO2 by copper is
same. ECu +2 / Cu = 0.34 V, E NO / NO = 0.96 V,
2.
OH
(A) 100.12
CH3
CH3
1.
OH
(B)
2O
Et
P
+
(I)
H 3O
59
N2 , O2N
Me2N
N2
(II)
MARCH 2010
(III)
(A) I > II > III > IV
(B) IV > III > II > I
(C) II > IV > III > I
(D) III > I > IV > II
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
N2 , CH3
CH3O
N2
(IV)
9.
SECTION II
(B) H
For the reaction A B, the rate law expression is

d[A]
= k[A]1/2. If initial concentration of [A] is [A0]

dt
then which of the following is/are correct ?
(A) The integrated rate expression is
2
k = ([A0]1/2 [A]1/2)
t
2O
C2H5 H
Ag

p q r s t
q r
A
2 ( 2 1) [A 0 ]
k
Me
CO2H A & B, which of the

Me
p
r
C
D
Which of the following is/are correct ?

(A) N(CH3)3 and N(SiMe3)3 are not isostructural
(B) Methylisocyanate is bent but silyl isocyanate is
linear
(C) In trisilyl amine all NSi bond lengths are equal
but shorter than the expected NSi bond length
(D) Trisilyl amine is weaker base than trimethyl
amine
10. Column I
(A) N2(g)+3H2(g)
H = ve
(B) N2(g)+O2(g)
H = +ve
(C) A(g)+B(g)
100 ppm hardness of water equal to -
Ag
Matrix - Match Type
Ph
following statements is/are incorrect ?
(A) A & B are structural isomers
(B) A & B are enantiomers
(C) A & B are geometrical isomers
(D) A & B are diastereomers
8.
H O
C CH2 S CH3
SECTION III
Ph
7.
Ag
CH3
Br
(D) All of these
t
(C) The time taken for 75% completion of reaction
[A 0 ]
t3/4 =
k
H
HO2C
H
Br
H3C
(C)
[A]
6.
2O
H
[A] v/s t will be
(D) The half life period t1/2 =

(B) The graph of
Which of the following reactions will proceed with

retention of configuration only at the chiral carbon ?
H
O
(A) H3C
5.
100 mg of CaCO3 in one litre of water

120 mg of MgSO4 in one litre of water
84 mg of MgCO3 in one litre of water
111g of CaCl2 in one litre of water
60
Column II
2NH3(g), (p) K increases
with increase
in T
2NO(g), (q) K decreases with
2C(g),
increase in T
(r) Pressure has no
MARCH 2010
H = +ve
(D) PCl5(g)
PCl3(g)
+ Cl2(g), H = +ve
11. Column I
OH
effect
(s) Product moles
(A) CH3CCH3 EtO
increases when
He is added at
constant P.
(t) Products moles
increases when
He is added at
constant V
(p) E1
CN
(B) PhCHCH3 EtO
(q) E2
Br
Me
(C)
Column II
61
Me
CHBr tOH
(r) E1CB
MARCH 2010
62
MARCH 2010
CAREER POINTs
Correspondence & Test Series Courses Information

Courses of IIT-JEE
For Class 12th / 12th Pass Students
For Class 11th Students

CP Ranker's
Package
IIT-JEE 2010
Study Material
Package
IIT-JEE 2011
All India Foundation

Test Series IIT JEE
2011 (AT CENTER)
Postal All India

Test Series
IIT-JEE 2011
Class 12th or
12th pass
students
Postal Major Test

Series IIT JEE
2010
(By POST)
Class 12th or
12th pass
students
Class 12th or
12th pass
students
Class 11th
students
Class 11th
students
Class 11th
students
English
English
English
English OR Hindi
English
English
COURSE
INFORMATION
Study Material
Package
IIT-JEE 2010
All India Test

Series IIT JEE 2010
(AT CENTER)
Postal All India

Test Series
IIT-JEE 2010
Major Test Series

IIT JEE 2010
(AT CENTER)
Eligibiltiy for
Admission
Class 12th or
12th pass
students
Class 12th or
12th pass
students
Class 12th or
12th pass
students
Medium
English OR Hindi
English
English
Test Center
Postal
Visit our website
Postal
Issue of
Application Kit
Immediate
Dispatch
Immediate
Dispatch
Immediate
Dispatch
Date of Dispatch/
First Test
Immediate
Dispatch
25-Oct-09
Immediate
Dispatch
Course Fee
Rs.8,500/including S.Tax
Rs. 3,500/including S.Tax
Visit our
website
Immediate
Dispatch
17-Jan-10
Postal
Postal
Postal
Visit our website
Postal
Immediate
Dispatch
Dispatch
17-Jan-10
Onwards
Immediate
Dispatch
Immediate
Dispatch
Immediate
Dispatch
Immediate
Dispatch
Immediate
Dispatch
Immediate
Dispatch
25-Oct-09
Immediate
Dispatch
Rs. 1,500/Rs. 1,550/Rs. 700/Rs. 850/including S.Tax including S.Tax including S.Tax including S.Tax
Courses of AIEEE
For Class 11th
Students

COURSE
INFORMATION
Study Material
Package
AIEEE 2010
Eligibiltiy for
Admission
Class 12th or 12th

pass students
All India
Test Series
AIEEE 2010
(AT CENTER)
Class 12th or 12th
pass students
Postal All India Test

Series
AIEEE 2010
Major Test Series

AIEEE 2010
(AT CENTER)
Class 12th or 12th

pass students
Class 12th or 12th

pass students
Postal Major Test

Series
AIEEE 2010
(BY POST)
Class 12th or 12th
pass students
CP Ranker's Package
IIT-JEE 2010
Study Material
Package
AIEEE 2011
Class 12th or 12th

pass students
Class 11th
students
English OR Hindi
Medium
English OR Hindi
English/Hindi
English/Hindi
English/Hindi
English/Hindi
English
Test Center
Postal
Visit our website
Postal
Visit our website
Postal
Postal
Postal
Issue of
Application Kit
Immediate
Dispatch
Immediate
Dispatch
Immediate
Dispatch
Immediate
Dispatch
Immediate
Dispatch
Immediate
Dispatch
Date of Dispatch/
First Test
Immediate
Dispatch
25-Oct-09
Immediate
Dispatch
17-Jan-10
Immediate
Dispatch
Immediate
Dispatch
Course Fee
Rs. 7,500/including S. Tax
Rs. 1450/including S. Tax
Immediate
Dispatch
Dispatch
17-Jan-10
Onwards
Rs. 850/including S.Tax
Courses of Pre-Medical
For Class 11th
Students

COURSE
INFORMATION
Study Material
Package
Pre-Medical 2010
All India Test Series

Pre-Medical 2010
(AT CENTER)
Postal Test
Series
Pre-Medical 2010
Major Test Series

Pre-Medical 2010
(AT CENTER)
Postal Major Test

CP Ranker's Package
Series Pre-Medical
IIT-JEE 2010
2010 (BY POST)
Study Material
Package
Pre-Medical 2011
Eligibiltiy for
Admission
Class 12th or 12th

pass students
Class 12th or 12th

pass students
Class 12th or 12th

pass students
Class 12th or 12th

pass students
Class 12th or 12th Class 12th or 12th

pass students
pass students
Class 11th
students
Medium
English OR Hindi
English/ Hindi
English/ Hindi
English/ Hindi
English
English
English OR Hindi
Test Center
Postal
Visit our wesite for

list of test centers
Postal
Visit our wesite for

list of test centers
Postal
Postal
Postal
Issue of
Application Kit
Immediate
Dispatch
Immediate
Dispatch
Immediate
Dispatch
Immediate
Dispatch
Immediate
Dispatch
Immediate
Dispatch
Immediate
Dispatch
Date of Dispatch
Commencement /
First Test
Immediate
Dispatch
25-Oct-09
Immediate
Dispatch
17-Jan-10
Dispatch
17-Jan-10
Onwards
Immediate
Dispatch
Immediate
Dispatch
Course Fee
Rs.7,200/including S. Tax
Rs. 900/including S.Tax
Rs. 1100/- including Rs. 600/- including

S. Tax
S. Tax
For details about all Correspondence & Test Series Course Information, please visit our website.: www.careerpointgroup.com
63
MARCH 2010
64
MARCH 2010
65
MARCH 2010
17. After losing a number of and particles,
(D) PhNCH2CH3
(s) Ei (elimination
changed into
intramolecular)
(t) SNi (substitution
nucleophilic
internal)
CH3
This section contains 8 questions. The answer to each of

the questions is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to
9. The appropriate bubbles below the respective
question numbers in the ORS have to be darkened. For
example, if the correct answers to question numbers X,
Y, Z and W (say) are 6, 0, 9 and 2, respectively, then
the correct darkening of bubbles will look like the
following :
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Z
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
19. Calculate the emf of the cell

Cd|Cd2+ (0.10M)1|| H+(0.20M)| Pt, H2(0.5 atm)
[Given: ECd2+/Cd = 0.403 V,
2.303RT
= 0.0591]
F
Round off your answer after multiplying actual
answer by 10.
W
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
MATHEMATICS
SECTION I
12. Equal volumes of 0.02 M AgNO3 & 0.02 M HCN

were mixed. If the [Ag+] at equilibrium was 10n.
Find n. Given Ka(HCN) = 4 1010, Ksp(AgCN)
= 4 1016.
CH 3
|
, h
13. CH3CH2 CH CH2CH3 Cl
2 Products. Total
number of isomers in the product is.
1.
The points of contact of the vertical tangents to

x = 2 3 sin , y = 3 + 2 cos are
(A) (2, 5), (2, 1)
(B) (1, 3), (5, 3)
(C) (2, 5), (5, 3)
(D) (1, 3), (2, 1)
2.
Let f(x) = sin x; g(x) = x2 and h(x) = log x.

If u (x) = h (f (g (x))), then
14. Haemoglobin contains 0.25% iron by weight.

The molecular weight of haemoglobin is 89600.
Calculate the number of iron atoms per molecule of
haemoglobin.
d 2u
dx 2
is -
(A) 2 cos3 x
(B) 2 cot x2 4x2 cosec2 x2
(C) 2x cot x2
(D) 2 cosec2 x
15. Two liquids A and B form an ideal solution at

temperature T. When the total vapour pressure above
the solution is 600 torr, the amount of A in the
vapour phase is 0.35 and in the liquid phase is 0.70.
What is the vapour pressure of pure A ? Express your
answer after divide actual answer by 100.
3.
16. The value of x in the complex Hx[Co(CO)4] is
number of particles lost
18. Calculate enthalpy change (in calories) adiabatic

compression of one mole of an ideal monoatomic gas
against constant external pressure of 2 atm starting
from initial pressure of 1 atm and initial temperature
of 300 K. (R = 2 cal/mol degree) Give your answer
after divide actual answer by 100.
SECTION IV
Y
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
is
are.
Integer answer type
208
82 Pb. The
232
90 Th
66
If p1and p2 are the lengths of the perpendiculars from

the points (2, 3, 4) and (1, 1, 4) respectively on the
plane 3x 6y + 2z + 11 = 0, then p1, p2 are the roots of
the equation
(A) p2 23p + 7 = 0 (B) 7p2 23p + 16 = 0
(C) p2 17p + 16 = 0 (D) p2 16p + 7 = 0
MARCH 2010
4.
Equation of a common tangents to the curves

y2 = 8x and xy = 1 is
(A) 3y = 9x + 2
(B) y = 2x + 1
(C) 2y = x + 8
(D) y = x + 2
8.
for x 0
for x = 0
then (A) f(x) is continuous at x = 0

(B) f(x) is continuous at x = 0 but not differentiable at
x=0
(C) f(x) is derivable at x = 0
(D) f(x) is not continuous at x = 0
SECTION II
5.
x log cos x
If f(x) = log(1 + x 2 )
9.
cos sin 0
If A (, ) = sin cos 0 , then 0
0
e
The value
1
0
cot 1 (1 + x2 x)dx is -
(A) /2 log 2
(B) log 2
(C) /4 log 2
(D) 2
1
0
tan 1 x dx
(A) A (, ) = A (, )
SECTION III
Matrix - Match Type
(B) A (, ) = A (, )
(C) Adj (A (, )) = e A(, )

p q r s t
q r
A
(D) A (, ) = A (, )
6.
A man observes that the angle of elevation of the top

of a tower from a point P on the ground is . He
moves a certain distance towards the foot of the
tower and finds that the angle of elevation of the top
has doubled. He further moves a distance 3/4 of the
previous and finds that the angle of elevation is three
times that at P, then (A) sin = 5 / 12
(B) sin 2 = 1/6
(C) sin 3 = 2 5 / 3 3
(D) sin =
7.
7 / 12
If , are the roots of the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0

and , those of a x2 + b x + c = 0 and the circle
having A(, ) and B(, ) as diameter passes
10.
b b'
through the origin, and the point , then a a'
Column -I
(A) Two distinct chords passing
through (a, 2a) of parabola
y2 = 4ax are bisected by the
line x + y = 1, then the
length of latus rectum can be
(A) ac + ac = 0
(B) ab ab = 0
(C) bc + bc = 0
(D) a2b 2 + a 2b2 = 0
67
Column -II
(p) 1
MARCH 2010
(B) A circle drawn through the

POI
of
the
parabola
y = x2 5x + 4 and
x axis such that origin lies
outside it. The length of a
tangent to the circle from the
origin is equal to
(q) 0
(C) If y + b = m1 (x + a) and
y + b = m2 (x + a) are
tangents to y2 = 4ax then
m1m2 equal to
(r) 1
(D) If the point (h, 1) is outside

to both the parabolas y2 = |x|,
then the integral part of h can
be equal to
(s) 2
12. If z 0 and 2 + cos + i sin = 3/z, then find the

value of 2(z + z ) |z|2.
13. Find the number of rational roots of
p(x) = 2x98 + 3x97 + 2x96 + + 2x + 3 = 0.
14. An infinite G.P. is selected from
1,
to coverage to 1/7. If 1/2a is the first term of such a

G.P., find a.
0
15. Let A =
and
0 0
(t) 3
a b
(A + I)50 50A =
, find a + b + c + d.
c d
11. A man takes a step forward with probability 0.4 and

backward with probability 0.6. Suppose the man
takes 11 steps and p4 denotes the probability that the
man is r steps away from his initial position, then
value of
Column-I
Column-II
(A) p1
(p) 0
(q) 11C5 (0.24)5
(B) p3
(r) (0.4)11 + (0.6)11
(C) p0
(s) 11C4 (0.24)4 (0.28)
(D) p11
(t) 11 C6 (0.24)5
16. If a = (0, 1, 1) and c = (1, 1, 1) are given vectors,

then |b|2 where b satisfies a b + c = 0 and a . b = 3
is _____.
17. ABC is an isosceles triangle inscribed in a circle of
radius r. if AB = AC and h is the altitude from A to
BC. If the triangle ABC has perimeter P and area
then lim 512 r

h0
SECTION IV
Integer answer type
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Y
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Z
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
P3
is equal to.
18. A function f(x) is defined for x > 0 and satisfies

f(x2) = x3 for all x > 0. Then the value of f (4) is ___.

following :
X
1 1 1
, , , .
2 4 8
19. The value of y
( 8 ) 13 if (1 + x )
2
dy
= x(1 y),
dx
y(0) = 4/3 is _____.
PHYSICS
W
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
SECTION I
1.
68
A pendulum of length 10 cm is hanged by wall

making an angle 3 with vertical. It is swinged to
position B. Time period of pendulum will be
MARCH 2010
between block and the plane '' is insufficient to stop

slipping, then acceleration of block is
3 6
B
(A) /5 sec
(B)
2
sec
15
(A) g{sin cos }
(C) /6 sec
(D) Subsequent motion will not be periodic
2.
cos
(B) g sin
sin(
/ 2)
A rope of mass M is hanged from two support

'A' & 'B' as shown in figure. Maximum and minimum
tension in the rope is
(C) g {sin 2 cos cos /2}

(D) g {sin cos . sin (/2)}
SECTION II

B
2
(A)
Mg cos 2
Mg cos 1
,
sin(1 + 2 ) sin (1 + 2 )
5.
(B) Mg, Mg cos 1
3.
where is wavelength of light

4
and S1, S2 are slits separated by distance 2. Then
value/s of for which a maxima is obtained will be
Mg cos 1
Mg cos 2
,
sin
(1 + 2 )
cos (2 1 )
S1
Two ring of mass m and 2 m are connected with a

mass less spring and can slips over two frictionless
parallel horizontal rails as shown in figure. Ring of
mass m is given velocity 'v0' in the direction shown.
Maximum stretch in spring will be
m
v0
(A) sin (1/8)

(C) sin1 (5/6)
6.
2m
4.
(A)
m
v0
k
(B)
3m
v0
k
(C)
2m
v0
3k
(D)
2m
v0
k
S2
(B) sin1 (1/4)
(D) sin1 (7/8)
A particle of charge q and mass m moves

rectilinearly under the action of an electric field
E = x. Here and are positive constants and x
is the distance from the point where the particle was
initially at rest then(A) motion of particle is oscillatory
(B) amplitude of the particle is /
(C) mean position of the particle is at x =
A block 'B' is just fitting between two plane inclined

at an angle ''. The combination of plane is inclined
at angle '' with horizontal. If coefficient of friction
In a modified YDSE experiment if point source of

monochromatic light O is placed in such a manner
that OS1 OS2 =
Mg cos 2
Mg cos 1 cos 2
(C)
,
sin (1 + 2 )
sin (1 + 2 )
(D)
(D) the maximum acceleration of the particle is
69
q
m
MARCH 2010
7.
8.
Speed of a body moving in a circular path changes

with time as v = 2t, then
(A) Magnitude of acceleration remains constant
(B) Magnitude of acceleration increases
(C) Angle between velocity and acceleration remains
constant
(D) Angle between velocity and acceleration increases
p
A
B
Radius of rod changes linearly from a to b

(a > b).Temperature of the two ends are maintained at
1 and 2 (1 > 2) respectively. Let 'i' be the heat
passing per unit cross sectional area of rod and '' be
temperature at a distance 'r' from one end (having
cross section radius 'a'), then which of the following
graphs is/are correct
1
2
(B)
r
(C)
2
r
(D) i
r
SECTION III
Matrix - Match Type
11. Column-I contains different processes undergone by a

diatomic ideal gas. Column-II change in different
parameter of ideal gas.
Column I
Column II
1
(A) PV = constant and
(p) Heat is given to
volume is increased
gas
twice
(B) P2V = constant and
(q) Heat is rejected by
pressure is increased
gas
twice
(C) PV6/5 = constant and
(r) Work done by gas
volume is reduced
is negative
to half the initial
volume
(D) PV2 = constant
(s) Internal energy
and pressure is
increase
increased 3 times
(t) None of these
r
r
10. Column-I contains the process of emission of

electrons while column-II contains the method to
achieve emission. Match column I and II.
Column I
Column II
(A) Thermionic emission
(p) By irradiating
with light
(B) Photoelectric
(q) By applied strong
emission
electric field
(C) Field emission
(r) By colliding
accelerated
electrons on
metals
(D) Secondary emission
(s) By heating
(t) None of these
A wave disturbance in medium is given by

y(x,t) = 0.04 cos (25t + /2) cos (5x), where
x and y are in meter and t is in second
(A) An antinode occurs at x = 0
(B) Speed of wave is 5 m/s
(C) A node occurs at x = 20 cm
(A)
(D) Maximum velocity of medium particle is m/s

9.
q
q
SECTION IV
Integer answer type
following :
70
MARCH 2010
X
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Y
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Z
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
calculate the resultant intensity at P. (in W/m2).

(Ans.. 101)
W
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
S1
S2
d
Screen
S3
D>>d
16. A cubical block of mass 6 kg and side 16.1 cm is

placed on frictionless horizontal surface. It is hit by a
cue at the top as to impart-impulse in horizontal
direction. Minimum impulse imparted to topple the
block must be greater than.
12. A small body is projected with a velocity just

sufficient to make it reach from the surface of a
planet (of radius 2R and mass 4 M) to the surface of
another planet (of radius R = 1000 km and mass M).
The distance between the centres of the two spherical
planets is 6 R. Find the distance of the body from the
centre of bigger planet in kilometers where the speed
of the body is minimum. Assume motion of body
along the line joining centres of planets. (Ans... 103)
17. An unstable element is produced in a nuclear reactor

at a constant rate. If its half life is 100 years, how
much time in years is required to produce 50% of the
equilibrium quantity ? (Ans.... 102)
13. Light from sun is found to be maximum intensity

near 470 nm. Distance of sun from earth is
1.5 1011 and radius of sun is 7 108 m. Treating
sun as a black body, calculate the intensity of
radiation from sun at the surface of earth in watt/m2.
(Ans. ... 103)
18. The wavelength of light incident on a metal surface is

reduced from 300 nm to 200 nm (both are less than
threshold wavelength). What is the change in the
stopping potential for photoelectrons emitted from
the surface. (Take h = 6.6 10 34 J-sec)
14. 1 gm of helium gas undergoes process ABCA as

shown in figure. Calculate the maximum temperature
of gas in degree centigrade. (Ans. ... 102)
19. A mercury pallet is trapped in a tube as shown in

figure. The tube is slowly heated to expel all mercury
inside it (Isothermal condition). Calculate the heat
225
(in kPa)
200
given to the tube in J. (Hg = 13.6 gm/cc,

Atmospheric pressure = 105 Pa, crosssection area of
tube = 2 cm2)
10 cm
5 cm
V (in liters)
10 cm
15. Consider the interference at P between waves

emanating from three coherent sources in same phase
located at S1, S2 and S3. If intensity due to each
source is I0 = 12 W/m2 at P and
d2
=
then
3
2D
71
MARCH 2010
MOCK TEST - AIEEE PATTERN

SYLLABUS : Physics : Full syllabus
Chemistry : Full syllabus
Mathematics : Full syllabus
Time : 3 Hours
Total Marks : 432
Instructions :
Part A Physics (144 Marks) Questions No. 1 to 2 and 9 to 30 consist FOUR (4) marks each and Question No.
3 to 8 consist EIGHT (8) marks each for each correct response.
Part B Chemistry (144 Marks) Questions No. 31 to 39 and 46 to 60 consist FOUR (4) marks each and
Question No. 40 to 45 consist EIGHT (8) marks each for each correct response.
Part C Mathematics (144 Marks) Questions No.61 to 82 and 89 to 90 consist FOUR (4) marks each and
Question No. 83 to 88 consist EIGHT (8) marks each for each correct response
For each incorrect response, (one fourth) of the weightage marks allotted of the would be deducted.
PHYSICS
1.
An elevator, in which a man is standing, is moving

upwards with a speed of 10 m/s. If the man drops the
coin from a height of 2.45 m, it reaches the floor of
the elevator after a time 1
(A)
sec
(B) 2 sec
2
1
(C) 2 sec
(D)
sec
2
2.
Graph between the mass of liquid inside the capillary

and radius of capillary is
(A)
3.
4.
If input in a full-wave rectifier is

e = 50 sin 314t volt, diode resistance is
100 and load resistance is 1K then.
(1) Pulse frequency output voltage is 100.
(2) Input power is 1136 mw
(3) Output power is 827 mw
(4) Efficiency is 81.2 %
(A) 1, 3
(B) 1, 2
(C) 1, 2, 3
(D) 1,2,3,4
6.
An n-p-n transistor circuit is arranged as shown, it is

a
(B)
(C)
5.
R = 10 K
(D)
(A) Common base amplifier circuit

(B) Common-emitter amplifier circuit
(C) Common-collector amplifier circuit
(D) None
r
r
If the De Broglie wavelength of an electron in first
Bohr's orbit be then the minimum radial distance
between the electrons in the first and second Bohr's
orbit is
(A)
(B)
(C) 2
(D)
2
2
Photoelectron are emitted with maximum kinetic

energy E from a metal surface when light of
frequency falls on it when light of frequency '
falls on the same metal, the max. KE. of emitted
Photoelectrons is found to be 2E then ' is (A) =
(B) = 2
(C) > 2
(D) < 2
N
P
N
72
7.
At what temperature will wood and iron appear

equally hot or equally cold (A) 37 C
(B) 98.6
(C) Temperature of human body
(D) all of the above
8.
In an Experiment to find loss of energy w.r.t time in

case of swinging simple pendulum mark graph
between (amplitude)2 and time is
MARCH 2010
a2
(A)
(B)
t
a2
a2
(C)
(D)
15. A magnet is suspended horizontally in the earth's

magnetic field. When it is displaced and released, it
oscillates in a horizontal plane with a period T. If a
piece of wood of same M.I as the magnet is attached
to the magnet is attached to the magnet, the new
period of oscillation of the system would be T
T
T
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D) 2T
3
2
2
9.
14. A cyclotron is accelerating proton, where the applied

magnetic field is 2T and the potential gap is 100 keV.
To acquire a kinetic energy of 20 MeV, the number
of turns, the proton has to move between the dees is (A) 200
(B) 300
(C) 150
(D) 100
a2
A body weights 24.2g when placed is one pan of a

balance and 20g when placed in other. What is the
true mass of the body if the arms have un equal
length (A) 24.2g (B) 20g
(C) 22.1g
(D) 22g
10. In the YDSE apparatus shown in the fig x is the

path difference between S2P and S1P. Now a glass
slab is introduced in front of S2 then the number of
fring between O and P will
16. A square loop of side 1m is placed in a perpendicular

magnetic field. Half of the area of the loop lies inside
the magnetic field. A battery of emf 10V and
negligible internal resistance is connected in the
loop. The magnetic field change with time according
to the relation B = (0.01 2t) tesla. The total emf of
the battery will be -
P
S1
O
S2
(A) Increase
(B) decrease
(C) Many increase or decrease depends upon x
(D) remains constant
10V
(A) 11V
(C) 12 V
11. A capacitor is charged until its stored energy is 3 J

and the charging battery is removed. Now another
uncharged capacitor is connected across it and it is
found that charge distributes equally. The final value
of total energy stored in the electric fields is (A) 1.5 J (B) 3 J
(C) 2.5 J
(D) 2 J
(B) 9 V
(D) 6 V
17. A Smooth ring of Mass 'M' is threaded on a string as

shown in the figure. Various portions of strings are
vertical. What is the condition if the ring alone is to
remain at rest
12. A potential difference of 30 V is applied between the

ends of a conductor of length 100 m and resistance
0.5 and uniform area of cross-section. The total
linear momentum of free electrons is (A) 3.4 106 kg/s
(B) 4.3 106 kg/s
8
(C) 3.4 10 kg/s
(D) 4.3 108 kg/s
m'
13. A certain unknown resistance is connected in the left

gap and a resistance box in the right gap of a metre
bridge. By introducing a resistance of 10 with the
help of resistance box, the balance point is
determined. If the balance point shift by 20 cm on
increasing the resistance from the resistance box by
12.5 ,then value of unknown resistance is (A) 15 (B) 25 (C) 10
(D) 20
73
(A)
1
4
1
=
+
M
m
m'
(B)
1
2
1
=
+
M
m
m'
(C)
1
1
1
=
+
M
m
m'
(D)
1
3
1
=
+
M
m
m'
MARCH 2010
18. A Particle of mass 100 gm moves in a potential well

given by U = 8x2 4x + 400 Joule. Find its
acceleration at a distance of 25 cm from equilibrium
in positive direction (A) 0
(B) 40 m/s2
2
(D) 20 m/s2
(C) 40 m/s
Statement based questions:

Each of the questions (Q.24 to 25) given below consist of
Statement-I and Statement-II. Use the following Key to
choose the appropriate answer.
(A) If both Statement-I and Statement-II are true, and
Statement-II is the correct explanation of Statement-I.
(B) If both Statement - I and Statement-II are true but
Statement-II is not the correct explanation of
Statement-I.
(C) If Statement-I is true but Statement-II is false.
(D) If Statement-I is false but Statement-II is true.
19. Side of a cube is measured with a standard vernier

callipers. The main scale reads 10 mm and first
division of vernier scale coincides with that of main
scale. Measured value of side of cube is (A) 1.1 cm
(B) 1.01 cm
(C) 1.001 cm
(D) 1.02 cm
24. Statement-I : Heat supplied to a gas in a process is

100 J and work done by the gas in the same process
is 120 J, then pressure of the gas in the process
should increase.
Statement-II : Work done by the gas is greater than
the heat supplied to the gas. Hence, internal energy of
the gas should decrease.
20. While measuring the speed of sound by performing a

resonance column experiment a student gets the first
resonance condition at a column length of 18 cm
during winter. Repeating the same experiment during
summer, she measures the column length to be x cm
for the second resonance then (A) x > 54
(B) 54 > x > 36
(C) 36 > x > 18
(D) 18 > x
25. Statement-I : In the circuit shown in figure current I

through the battery rises instantly to its steady state
value V/R when the switch is closed, provided
R = L/C .
21. An ideal gas is taken through the cycle

A B C A as shown in figure. If the net heat
supplied to the gas in the cycle is 5 J. The work done
by the gas in the process C A is
2
V(m3)
Statement-II : At R = L / C , L = C.
A
1
P (N/m3)
(A) 5J
(C) 15J
Passage Based questions (Q. 26 to 27) :

When two concentric shells are connected by a thin
conducting wire, whole of the charge of inner shell
transfers to the outer shell and potential difference
between them becomes zero.
10
(B) 10J
(D) 20 J
22. The apparent frequency of the whistle of an engine

changes by the ratio 5/3 as the engine passes a
stationary observer. If the velocity of sound is 340
m/s, then the velocity of the engine is (A) 340 m/s
(B) 170 m/s
(C) 85 m/s
(D) 42.5 m/s
Questions: Surface charge densities of two thin

concentric spherical shells are and respectively.
They radii are R and 2R. Now they are connected by
a thin wire.
23. A ray incident at sphere an angle of incidence 60
enters a glass sphere of R.I = 3 . This ray is

reflected and refracted at the farther surface of the
sphere. The angle between reflected and refracted
rays in this surface is (A) 90
(B) 60
(C) 70
(D) 40
2R
26. Potential on either of the shells will be 3R

2R
(A)
(B)
2 0
0
(C)
74
R
2 0
(D) zero
MARCH 2010
connecting the two shells,

(A) zero
(B) 1
E2
then is E1
(C) 2
34. Which of the following has minimum flocculating

power(C) Sr+2
(D) Na+
(A) Pb+2 (B) Pb+4
(D) 1/2
Passage Based questions (Q. 28 to 30) :

In perfectly inelastic collision between two bodies
momentum remains constant and the bodies stick
together. Angular frequency of a spring block system
35. The conjugate base of H3BO3 is(B) H2BO3

(A) B(OH)4
(D) H4BO3+
(C) HBO3
36. Calculate equivalent weight of C6H12O6 in given
redox changeC6H12O6 CO2
(A) M/2 (B) M/4
(C) M/24
(D) M/6
K
and maximum speed of particle is SHM is
m
A, where A is the amplitude.
Question: Two identical blocks P and Q have mass
m each. They are attached to two identical springs
initially unstretched. Now the left spring (along with
P) is compressed by A/2 and the right spring (along
with Q) is compressed by A. Both the blocks are
released simultaneously. They collide perfectly
inelastically. Initially time period of both the block
was T.
is =
A
2
CHO
37. Give correct IUPAC name for
(A) 3-Aldo pentane-1,5-dial

(B) 3-Formyl-1,5-pentanedial
(C) Propane-1,2,3-tricarbaldehyde
(D) Propane-1,2,3- trial
A
P Q
38. Which of the following compounds would be

hydrolysed most easily(B) H3C-Br
(A) C2H5Br
(D) H2C=CH-CH2Br
(C) H2C=CH-Br
39. Which of the following alcohols is most soluble in
H2O (A) n-Butyl alcohol
(B) iso-Butyl alcohol
(C) sec-Butyl alcohol (D) tert-Butyl alcohol
29. The amplitude of combined mass is A

4
(B)
A
2
(C)
2A
3
(D)
3A
4
30. What is energy of oscillation of the combined mass ?

1
kA2
2
1
(C) kA2
8
(A)
40. Which of the following reaction does not give amine(A) R-X + NH3
1
kA2
4
1
(D)
kA2
16
(B)
Na / C H OH
(B) R-CH=NOH 2 5
+
/H
(C) R-CN H2O
4
(D) R-CONH2 LiAlH
CHEMISTRY
41. Aniline reacts with conc. HNO3 to give -
(A) H2N
31. Which of the following oxides of Chromium is

amphoteric ?
(A) CrO (B) Cr2O3 (C) CrO3
(D) CrO5
NH2
NH2
NH2
NO2
(B)
32. Which of the following gives foul smelling gas with

smell of rotten eggs with dil H2SO4?
(D) NO2
(A) CO32 (B) SO32 (C) S2
and
NO2
(D)
(C)
33. The Nessler's reagent is used for the detection of

ammonia the active species involved in this is-
CHO CHO
28. The time period of oscillation of combined mass is T

T
(B) 2T (C) T
(D)
(A)
2
2
(A)
(B) HgCl42+
(D) Hg2I2
(A) HgCl2
(C) HgI42
27. Suppose electric field at a distance r (> 2R) was E1

before connecting the two shells and E2 after
NO2
75
MARCH 2010
42. Benzaldehyde reacts with ammonia to form(A) Benzal amine

(B) Urotropine
(C) Hydrobenzamide
(D) Benzaldehyde ammonia
50. Find the t2/3of the first order reaction in which

K1 = 5.481014sec1.
(B) 2.011010sec
(A) 2.011013sec
16
(D) 2.01105sec
(C) 2.0110 sec
51. The electrode potential of Mg+2/Mg electrode in
which concentration of Mg+2 is 0.01 M is, Given that
43. Several blocks of magnesium are fixed to the bottom

of a ship to(A) Prevent puncturing by under sea rocks.
(B) Keep away the sharks
(C) Make a ship lighter
(D) Prevent action of water & salt
E Mg 2 + / Mg = 2.36 volt.
(A) 2.36 volt

(C) 2.42 volt
52. 50ml of 2N CH3COOH mixed with 10ml of 1N

CH3COONa solution will have pH of.......(Ka= 105)
(A) 4
(B) 5
(C) 6
(D) 7
44. Which of the following metal reacts with hot solution

of NaOH and liberates H2 gas(A) Tin
(B) Lead
(C) Zinc
(D) None of These
53. An aqueous solution containing 2gm of solute

dissolved in 100 gm of water freezes at 0.5C. What
is the molecular wt. of solute ? Molar heat of fusion
of ice at 0C is 1.44 KCals. & R = 2cals(A) 74.4
(B) 84.6
(C) 48.6
(D) 90.2
45. Which of the following compound is aspirin(A) Methyl salicylate (B) Acetyl salicylic Acid
(C) Phenyl salicylate (D) Salicylic acid
46. A coloured ppt. is obtained when H2S gas is passed
through an aqueous solution of the salt in presence of
NH4OH. The ppt. dissolves in dil. HCl and reacts
with NaOH to give white ppt which on standing turns
into brown/black mass. The cation present in the salt is (B) Mg2+
(A) Cu2+
2+
(D) Mn2+
(C) Ni
54. Calculate the maximum no. of possible e for which

4<n+l6(A) 18
(B) 36
(C) 72
(D) 4
55. Point out wrong statement about Resonance:(A) Resonance structures should have equal energy.
(B) In resonance structures, the constituent atoms
should in the same position.
(C) In resonance structures, there should not be same
no. of e pairs.
(D) Resonance structures should differ only in the
location of electrons around the constituent atom
47. The pair in which both species have the same

magnetic moment is (A) [Cr(H2O)6]2+ [CoCl4]2
(B) [Cr(H2O)6]2+ [Fe(H2O)6]2+
(C) [Mn(H2O)6]2+ [Cr(H2O)6]2+
(D) [CoCl4]2 [Fe(H2O)6]2+
56. Which is not true about the following reaction ?
48. A solid has a bcc structure. If the distance of closest

approach between the two atoms is 1.73. The edge
length of cell is(A) 200pm
(B) 400pm
(C) 100pm
(D) 150pm
Pd
RCOCl + H2
RCHO + HCl
BaSO
4
(A) It is Rosenmund reduction reaction

(B) BaSO4 increases the efficiency of the catalyst
(C) BaSO4 decreases the efficiency of catalyst
(D) Pd-is heterogeneous catalyst
49. Equilibrium constant for the reaction

A2 + B2
2AB is 100 at 25C. What will be the
rate constants for the reactions
(i) 2AB
A2 + B2
(ii) 1/2 A2 + 1/2 B2

(A) 102, 10
(C) 102, 100
(B) 2.36 volt

(D) 2.42 volt
( i ) CO
2
57. C2H5MgBr
CnH2n+1COOH
(ii ) H 2 O
The value of n is(A) 1

(C) 3
AB at 25C.
(B) 104, 100
(D) 102, 200
(B) 2
(D) 0
58. The intermediate stages during the reduction of

nitrobenzene to Aniline are-
76
MARCH 2010
N=O
(A)
H H
NN
(C)
67. If A = { x; x2 5x + 6 = 0}
B = {2, 4}, C = {4, 5} then
A (B C) is (A) {(2, 4), (3, 4)}
(B) {(4, 2), (4, 3)}
(C) {(2, 4),(3, 4), (4, 4)}
(D) {(2, 2),(3, 3),(4, 4), (5, 5)}
NHOH
(B)
(D) (A) and (B) both
59. The volume of 10 vol. of H2O2 required to liberate

500 cm3 of O2 at STP is(A) 50ml
(B) 5.0ml
(C) 15ml
(D) 100ml
68. If a > 0, b > 0, c > 0 then (a + b) (b + c) (c + a) is

greater than (A) 2(a + b + c)
(B) 6abc
(C) 3(a + b + c)
(D) 8abc
60. Silver ore dissolved in dilute soln of NaCN in the

presence of air to form(A) AgCN
(B) [Ag(CN)2]
(C) AgCNO
(D) [Ag(CN)4]3
69. The order of the differential eqn of all conics whose

axes coincide with the axes of coordinates is (A) 2
(B) 3
(C) 4
(D) 1
MATHEMATICS
70. The area bounded by y = [x] and the two ordinates

x = 1 and x = 1.7 is -
(A)
61. If sinx + cos x = then tan2x is 25

7
25
(A)
(B)
(C)
17
25
7
(D)
24
7
f(x) =
(B)
n n 2 1
12
(C)
n 2 +1
12
(D)
n n2 +1
12
17
5
(D)
7
10
x 4 +1
is (B) [1, 1]
(D) None of these
73. The value of k for which points A(1, 0, 3),

B(1, 3, 4), C(1, 2, 1) & D(k, 2, 5) are coplaner, is (A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 0
(D) 1
64. The negation of statement

(p q ) (q ~ r) will be.
(A) (~ p ~ q) (~ q r)
(B) (p q) (~ q r)
(C) (p q) (~ q r)
(D) (p q) (q ~ r)
74. Area of triangle formed by the positive x-axis, the

normal & the tangent to the circle x2 + y2 = 4 at point
(1, 3 ) is -
65. The angle between the lines given by the equation

ay2 (1 + 2)xy ax2 = 0 is same as the angle
between the lines (A) 5x2 +2xy3y2 = 0 (B) x2 y2 = 100
(C) xy = 0
(D) B & C both
(A)
3
sq. unit
2
(C) 2 3 sq. unit
(B) 3 sq. unit

(D) 6 sq. unit
75. A & B are two candidates seeking admission in

AIEEE. The probability that A is selected is 0.5 and
probability that both A & B are selected is at most
0.3. The probability of B getting selected can not
exceed
(A) 0.6
(B) 0.7
(C) 0.8
(D) 0.9
66. The vector ((i j) (j k)) (i + 5k) is equal to (A) 5i 4j k

(B) 3i 2j + 5k
(C) 4i 5j k
(D) 5i + 4j k
(C)
72. If A and B are square matrices of the same order and

AB = 3I then A1 is equal to 1
(A) 3B
(B) B
3
1
(D) None of these
(C) 3B
63. The variance of the first n natural numbers is n 2 1

12
sin( [ x 2 + 1])
(A) [0, 1]
(C) {0}
1
(D) tan1
18
(A)
(B) b = 1
71. The range of the function
62. If tan(x + y) = 33 and x = tan13 then y will be (A) 0.3

(B) tan1(1.3)
(C) tan1 (0.3)
17
10
77
MARCH 2010
76. If a plane meets the co-ordinate axes in A, B & C

such that the centroid of triangle ABC is a point
(1, 2r, 3r2) then equation of plane is z
y z
y
(A) x + + 2 = 9 (B) x + + 2 = 3
2r 3r
r r
(C) 6x +
a1
= a2
a3
3 y 2z
+ 2 =18 (D) None of these
r
r
b1
c1
b2
c2
b3
c3
A1
B1
C1
A2
A3
B2
B3
C2
C3
84. The value of
78. If shortest distance of a line x y = 3a from a point

(a, b) is |a| then b/a must be root of equation
(a, b, Ro)
(B) x2 + 4x + 2 = 0
(A) x2 + 4x 2 = 0
2
(D) None of these
(C) x x 1 = 0
lim
+
x0
16
r q
qp
85.
2r
(B) i
(D) 1
x sin 1
1
1 x
2x
1+ x2
1 3x x 3
tan
cos
2
1 3x 2
1+ x
(A) 1/2
(C) 1/4
(B) 1/3
(D) 1/6
a sin x + b cos x
decreases for all x if c sin x + d cos x
(A) ad bc < 0
(B) ad bc > 0
(C) ab cd > 0
(D) ab cd < 0
86. f(x) =
87. The minimum value of 27cos2x.81sin2x is 1

(B) 5
(A)
243
(C) 1/5
(D) None of these
pq
pr
(D) None of these
88. The value of
81. There are four balls of different colours and four

boxes of coluers same as those of the balls. The
number of ways in which the balls, one in each box,
could be placed such that a ball does not go to box of
its own colour is :
(A) 8
(B) 7
(C) 9
(D) None of these
(A)
3 2
a
8
(C) 3/8
a+ / 2
a
(sin 4 x + cos 4 x ) dx is -
(B) a(/2)2
(D) None of these
89. The number of products that can be formed with

10 prime number taken two or more at a time is (B) 2101
(A) 210
(D) 21010
(C) 21011
82. If T0, T1, T2......are the terms in expansion of (x + a)n

then value of
(T0 T2 + T4 ...........)2 + (T1 T3 + T5........)2 is (B) (x2 + a2)n
(A) (x2 + a2)
(D) (x2 + a2)1/n
(C) (x2 + a2)1/n
90. If A (3, 4) & B is a variable point on line |x| = 6 if

AB 4 then no of position of point B with integral
co-ordinates is (A) 5
(B) 6
(C) 10
(D) 12
83. If the capital latters denote the cofactors of the

corresponding small letters in the determinant
2r
(D) 0
sin 17 + i cos 17 is -
(A) 1
(C) i
80. If pth, qth and rth term of a A.P. are three consecutive
terms of G.P. find common ratio of the G.P.
(C)
(C) 2
r =1
79. If both the roots of equation 2x2 + 3 2 x + 6 = 0 are

real and equal then both the roots of equation
x2 bx + 1 = 0 are
(A) Imaginary
(B) both are ve
(C) One is +ve other is ve
(D) both are +ve
(B)
is -
(B) 2
(A)
77. If the equation of an ellipse whose focus is (1, 1) &

eccentricity is 1/2 and directrix is x y + 3 = 0 is
ax2 + by2 + 2hxy + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 then (B) a + b = c
(A) h2 abc = 0
(C) a + b = h
(D) a + b = 2ch
(A) 1
then the value of the determinant
78
MARCH 2010
MOCK TEST BIT-SAT

Time : 3 Hours
Total Marks : 450
Instructions :
This question paper contains 150 questions in Physics (40) Chemistry (40), Mathematics (45), Logical
Reasoning (10) & English (15). There is Negative Marking
Each question has four option & out of them, ONLY ONE is the correct answer. There is ve marking.
+3 Marks for each correct & 1 Mark for the incorrect answer.
4.
PHYSICS
1.
A particle is given an initial speed u inside a smooth

spherical shell of radius R = 1 m that it is just able to
complete the circle. Acceleration of the particle when
its velocity is vertical is -
A system is shown in the figure. The time period for

small oscillations of the two blocks will be 2k
k
m
m
(A) 2
3m
k
(B) 2
3m
4k
(C) 2
3m
8k
(D) 2
3m
2k
5.
2.
(A) g 10
(B) g
(C) g
(D) 3g
For what value of energy of both the particles is

same ?
(A) 16 unit
(B) 6 unit
(C) 4 unit
(D) 8 unit
A rigid rod leans against a vertical wall (y-axis) as

shown in figure. The other end of the rod is on the
horizontal floor. Point A is pushed downwards with
constant velocity. Path of the centre of the rod is
y
6.
x
B
(A) a straight line passing through origin
(B) a straight line not passing through origin
(C) a circle of radius l/2 and centre at origin
(D) a circle of radius l/2 but centre not at origin
3.
(D)
A solid sphere of mass M and radius R is placed on a

smooth horizontal surface. It is given a horizontal
impulse J at a height h above the centre of mass and
sphere starts rolling then, the value of h and speed of
centre of mass are
J
h
M C
(A) h =
The height at which the acceleration due to gravity

g
(where g = the acceleration due to
becomes
9
gravity on the surface of the earth) in terms of R, the
radius of the earth, is
R
(A) 2R
(B)
2
(C) R / 2
The displacement of two identical particles executing

SHM are represented by equations
x1 = 4 sin 10 t + and x2 = 5 cos t

6
(B) h =
(C) h =
(D) h =
2R
79
=0
2
J
R and v =
5
M
2
2 J
R and v =
5
5 M
7
7 J
R and v =
5
5 M
7
J
R and v =
5
M
MARCH 2010
7.
through a consumer of unknown resistance, what

energy does the consumer give out to its
surrounding?
Assume d1 = d2 = d
A
As shown in figure, wheel A of radius rA = 10 cm is

coupled by belt B to wheel C of radius
rC = 25 cm. The angular speed of wheel A is
increased from rest at a constant rate of 1.6 rad/s2.
Time after which wheel C reaches a rotational speed
of 100 rpm, assuming the belt does not slip, is nearlyB
A
(A) 4 sec
(C) 12 sec
(B) 8 sec
(D) 16 sec
+q
K
2
8.
r be the charge density distribution

R 4
for a solid sphere of radius R and total charge Q. For
a point p inside the sphere at distance r1 from the
centre of the sphere, the magnitude of electric field
isQ
(A) 0
(B)
4 0 r12
Q r12
4 0 R 4
(D)
rT 0
q d
q 2d
(B)
4 0 A
0A
q 2d
2 0 A
(D)
2q 2d
0A
Q r12
3 0 R 4
(A) (5/3) R
(C) (5/12) R
(D) 8 r
2rT
0
2 amp
D
3
(A) +2
(C) 1
4.0
Volt
t(s)
4.0
sec
The type of the circuit element is :
(A) capacitance of 2 F
(B) resistance of 2
(C) capacitance of 1 F
(D) a voltage source of e.m.f 1 V
4.0
sec
(B) (5/6) R
(D) None of these
13. A current of 2 ampere flows in a system of

conductors as shown in the following figure. The
potential difference (VA VB) will be - (in volt)
A
3
2
Current versus time and voltage versus time graphs

of a circuit element are shown in figure.
V(Volt)
I(A)
1.0
amp
(C)
12. Consider the network of equal resistances (each R)

shown in Figure. Then the effective resistance
between points A an B is
A
An isolated and charged spherical soap bubble has a

radius 'r' and the pressure inside is atmospheric. If 'T'
is the surface tension of soap solution, then charge on
drop is 2rT
(A) 2
(B) 8 r 2rT 0
0
(C) 8 r
10.
Let P(r ) =
(C)
9.
(A)
(B) +1
(D) 2
14. Consider a toroid of circular cross-section of radius b,

major radius R much greater than minor radius b,
(see diagram) find the total energy stored in magnetic
field of toroid
t(s)
11. Three identical metal plates of area 'A' are at distance

d1 & d2 from each other. Metal plate A is uncharged,
while plate B & C have respective charges +q & q.
If metal plates A &C are connected by switch K
80
MARCH 2010
(A)
B2 2b 2R
2 0
(B)
B2 2b 2R
4 0
(C)
B2 2b 2R
8 0
(D)
B2 2b 2R
0
18. A step down transformer reduces 220 V to 110 V.

The primary draws 5 ampere of current and
secondary supplies 9 ampere. The efficiency of
transformer is (A) 20%
(B) 44%
(C) 90%
(D)100%
15. AB and CD are smooth parallel rails, separated by a

distance L and inclined to the horizontal at an angle
. A uniform magnetic field of magnitude B, directed
vertically upwards, exists in the region. EF is a
conductor of mass m, carrying a current I. For EF to
be in equilibrium:
D
F
19. Of the following transitions in hydrogen atom, the

one which gives emission line of minimum frequency
is (A) n = 1 to n = 2
(B) n = 3 to n = 10
(C) n = 10 to n = 3
(D) n = 2 to n = 1
20. In uranium (Z = 92) the K absorption edge is
0.107 and the K line is 0.126 the, wavelength of
the L absorption edge is (A) 0.7
(B) 1
(C) 2
(D) 3.2
L
E
21. A material whose K absorption edge is 0.15 is

irradiated with 0.1 X-rays. The maximum kinetic
energy of photoelectrons that are emitted from Kshell is(A) 41 KeV
(B) 51 KeV
(C) 61 KeV
(D) 71 KeV
A
(A) I must flow from E to F
(B) BIL = mg cos
(C) BIL = mg sin
(D) BIL = mg
22. The element which has K X-ray line whose

wavelength is 0.18 nm is
(A) Iron
(B) Cobalt
(C) Nickel
(D) Copper
16. In the circuit shown the cell is ideal. The coil has an
inductance of 4H and zero resistance. F is a fuse of
zero resistance and will blow when the current
through it reaches 5A.The switch is closed at t = 0.
The fuse will blow -
+
2V
(A) after 5 sec
(C) after 10 sec
F
S
23. The momentum of a photon having energy equal to

the rest energy of an electron is:
(A) zero
(B) 2.73 1022 kg ms1
(C) 1.99 1024 kg ms1
(D) infinite
L=4H
(B) after 2 sec

(D) almost at once
24. A parallel beam of uniform, monochromatic light of

wavelength 2640 has an intensity of
100 W/m2. The number of photons in 1 mm3 of this
radiation are
(A) 222
(B) 335
(C) 442
(D) 555
17. In the circuit shown X is joined to Y for a long time

and then X is joined to Z. The total heat produced in
R2 is
R2
Z
X
Y
(A)
LE 2
2R 12
LE 2
(C)
2 R 1R 2
25. The figure shows the variation of photo current with

anode potential for a photo-sensitive surface for three
different radiations. Let Ia, Ib and Ic be the intensities
and fa, fb and fc be the frequencies for the curves a, b
and c respectively Photo current
R1
Fig.
(B)
(D)
LE 2
2R 22
LE 2 R 2
2R 13
O
Anode potential
81
MARCH 2010
(A) fa = fb and Ia Ib
(B) fa = fc and Ia = Ic
(C) fa = fb and Ia = Ib
(D) fb = fc and Ib = Ic
(A) N + 0.01 n
(B) N + 0.001 n
(C) 0.5 N + 0.001 n
(D) 5(0.1 N+0.0001 n)
26. The internal resistance of a cell is determined by

using a potentiometer. In an experiment, an internal
resistance of 100 is used across the given cell.
When the key K2 is closed, the balance length on the
potentiometer decreases from 90 cm to 72 cm.
Calculate the internal resistance of the cell (A) 100
(B) 75
(C) 50
(D) 25
30. When 36 Li is bombarded with 4 MeV deutrons, one

reaction that is observed is the formation of two
-particles, each with 13.2 MeV of energy. The
Q-value for this reaction is (A) 13.2 MeV
(B) 26.4 MeV
(C) 22.4 MeV
(D) 4 MeV
31. In a radioactive decay, let N represent the number of
residual active nuclei, D the number of daughter
nuclei, and R the rate of decay at any time t. Three
curves are shown in Fig. The correct ones are
27. In the potentiometer arrangement shown, the driving

cell D has e.m.f. E and internal resistance r. The cell
C whose e.m.f. is to be measured has e.m.f. E/2 and
internal resistance 2r. The potentiometer wire is 100
cm long. If the balance is obtained the length AP = l,
thenD(E,r)
t
(1)
(A) 1 and 3
(C) 1 and 2
(A) l = 50 cm
(B) l > 50 cm
(C) l < 50 cm
(D) Balance will not obtained
34. A concave mirror of focal length 15 cm forms an

image having twice the linear dimensions of the
object. The position of the object when the image is
virtual will be(A) 22.5 cm
(B) 7.5 cm
(C) 30 cm
(D) 45 cm
R
J
If R is now made 8 , through what distance will

J have to be moved to obtain balance?
(A) 10 cm
(B) 20 cm
(C) 30 cm
(D) 40 cm
35. A telescope has focal length of objective and

eye-piece as 200 cm and 5 cm. What is the
magnification of telescope ?
(A) 40
(B) 80
(C) 50
(D) 101
29. The pitch of a screw gauge is 0.1 cm. The number of

divisions on its circular scale is 100. In the
measurement of diameter of a wire with this screw
gauge the linear scale reading is 'N' cm and the
number of division on the reference line is n. Then
the radius of the wire in cm will be -
t
(3)
(B) 2 and 3
(D) all three
33. A particle moves in a circle of diameter 1 cm with a

constant angular velocity. A concave mirror of focal
length 10 cm is placed with its principal axis passing
through the centre of the circle and perpendicular to
its plane. The distance between the pole of the mirror
and the centre of the circle is 30 cm. The ratio of
acceleration of image to that of object is 1
1
(A)
(B)
(C) 2
(D) 4
2
4
28. The figure shows a metre-bridge circuit, with AB =

100 cm, X = 12 and R = 18 , and the jockey J in
the position of balance.
+
t
(2)
32. Young's double slit experiment is made in a liquid. The

10th bright fringe in liquid lies where 6th dark fringe lies
in vacuum. The refractive index of the liquid is
approximately(A) 1.8
(B) 1.54
(C) 1.67
(D) 1.2
G
C (E/2, 2r)
R
N
36. A compound microscope has magnifying power as 32

and magnifying power of eye-piece is 4, then the
magnifying power of objective is (A) 8
(B) 10
(C) 6
(D) 12
82
MARCH 2010
37. Two blocks are connected by a massless string

through an ideal pulley as shown. A force of 22N is
applied on block B when initially the blocks are at
rest. Then speed of centre of mass of block A and
block B, 2 sec, after the application of force is
(masses of A and B are 4 kg and 6 kg respectively
and surfaces are smooth)
B
6kg
A
4kg
(A) 1.4 m/s2

(C) 2 m/s2

(A) 10.2 N upwards
(B) 4.2 N downwards
(C) 8.3 N downwards (D) 6.2 N upwards
CHEMISTRY
F = 22 N
1.
According to Bohrs theory, angular momentum of

an electron in fourth orbit is h
2h
4h
h
(B)
(C)
(D)
(A)
2
4
2.
1.25g of a solid dibasic acid is completely neutralized

by 25 ml. of 0.25 molar Ba(OH)2 solution. Molecular
mass of the acid is (A) 100 (B) 150
(C) 120
(D) 200
3.
Rates of effusion of hydrogen and deuterium under

similar conditions are in the ratio -
(B) 1 m/s2
(D) None of these
38. A chain of length 1.5 R and mass m is put on a

mounted half cylinder as shown in figure. Chain is
pulled by vertically downward force 2 mg. Assuming
surfaces to be friction less, acceleration of chain is
(A) 1 : 1
F = 2mg
(A) 2g
(B)
2g
3
(C)
g
2
(D)
(D) 1 : 4
5.
Given that H2O (l) H2O(g) ; H = + 43.7 kJ

H2O (s) H2O (l) ; H = + 6.05 kJ
Hsublimation of ice is (B) 37.65 kJ mol1
(A) 49.75 kJ mol1
1
(D) 43.67 kJ mol1
(C) 43.7 kJ mol
6.
Which of the following is a Lewis base ?

(B) BF3
(A) CO2
(C) Al3+
(D) CH3NH2
7.
The solubility product Ksp of sparingly soluble salt

Ag2CrO4 is 4 1012. The solubility of the salt is (B) 2 106 M
(A) 1 1012 M
6
(D) 1 104 M
(C) 1 10 M
8.
Which of the following chemical reactions depicts

the oxidising behaviour of H2SO4 ?
(A) 2HI + H2SO4 I2 + SO2 + 2H2O
(B) Ca(OH)2 + H2SO4 CaSO4 + 2H2O
(C) NaCl + H2SO4 NaHSO4 + HCl
(D) 2PCl5 + H2SO4 2POCl3 + 2HCl + SO2Cl2
(B) Mg/2
(D) Mg/8
83
2 : 1 (C) 2 : 1
NH3(g) + H2S(g)
For equilibrium NH4HS(s)
KC = 1.8 104 at 298 K. The value of Kp at 298 K
is(A) 0.108
(B) 4.4 103
(C) 1.8 104
(D) 4.4 104
40. A uniform rod of length 2.0 m specific gravity

0.5 and mass 2 kg is hinged atone end to the bottom
of a tank of water (specific gravity = 1.0) filled upto a
height of 1.0 m as shown in figure. Taking the case
0 the force exerted by the hinge on the rod is :
(g = 10 m/s2)
(B)
4.
5g
3
39. In hydraulic press radii of connecting pipes r1 and r2

are in ratio 1 : 2. In order to lift a heavy mass M on
larger piston, the small piston must be pressed
through a minimum force f equal to f
(A) Mg
(C) Mg/4
1.0 m
MARCH 2010
9.
COONa
Potassium has a bcc structure with nearest neighbour

distance of 4.52 . If atomic mass of potassium is 3a,
its density is (B) 804 kg m3
(A) 454 kg m3
3
(C) 852 kg m
(D) 900 kg m3
(B)
CH3
0
10. If E 0Zn 2 + / Zn = 0.763 V and E Cd
= 0.403 V,
2+
/ Cd
; SO3
(C)
the emf of the cell

Zn | Zn2+ ||Cd2+|Cd (a = 0.004), (a = 0.2) will be
given by 0.059
0.004
(A) E = 0.36 +
log
2
2
0.059
0.04
log
(B) E = + 0.36 +
2
2
0.059
0.2
log
(C) E = 0.36 +
0.004
2
0.059
0.2
log
(D) E = + 0.36 +
2
0.004
Br
SO2 O C CH3
O
(D)
; NaOH
CH3
17. The product(s) obtained via oxymercuration

(HgSO4 + H2SO4) of 1-butyne would be
(A) CH3CH2COCH3
(B) CH3CH2CH2CHO
(C) CH3CH2CHO + HCHO
(D) CH3CH2COOH + HCOOH
11. The value of P for benzene of certain temperature is

640 mm of Hg. The vapour pressure of solution
containing 2.5 g of a certain substance A in 39.0 g
of benzene is 600 mm of Hg. The molecular mass of
A is (A) 65.25 (B) 130
(C) 40
(D) 80
18. Acetophenone is prepared by the reaction of which of

the following in the presence of AlCl3 catalyst
(A) Phenol and acetic acid
(B) Benzene and acetone
(C) Benzene and acetyl chloride
(D) Phenol and acetone
OCH3
12. For adsorption, H is (A) + ve

(B) ve
(C) zero
(D) may + ve or ve
.Br2 / NaOH
1
19.
2 heat
CH3
13. A reaction which is of first order w.r.t. reactant A,

has a rate constant 6 min1. If we start with
[A] = 0.5 mol L1, when would [A] reach the value of
0.05 mol L1 ?
(A) 0.384 min
(B) 0.15 min
(C) 3 min
(D) 3.84 min
OCH3
OCH3
Br
(A)
(B)
CH3
OCH3
14. The number of molecules present in 1 cm3 of water is

(density of H2O = 1 g cm3)
(B) 3.3 1022
(A) 2.7 1018
20
(C) 6.02 10
(D) 1000
(C)
Br
CH3
Br
OCH3
(D)
Br
15. CH3NH2 + CHCl3 + KOH Nitrogen containing

compound + KCl + H2O
Nitrogen containing compound is
(A) CH3 C N
(B) CH3 NH CH3
(C) CH3 C+
(D) CH3 N+ C
CH3
CH3
/ H 2SO 4
H 2O
20. Phenol NaNO
2
B
C NaOH
D
Name of the above reaction is
(A) Libermann's reaction
(B) Phthalein fusion test
(C) Reimer-Tiemann reaction
(D) Schotten-Baumann reaction
16. 4-methyl benzene sulphonic acid react with sodium

acetate to give
CH3
(A)
; SO3
CCl3
21.
; CH3COOH
1 eqv. of Br / Fe
2
A. Compound A is -
SO3Na
84
MARCH 2010
CCl3
CCl3
(A)
27. The IUPAC name of the compound

Br
(B)
(A) (2E, 4E)-2, 4-hexadiene

(B) (2Z, 4Z)-2, 4-hexadiene
(C) (2Z, 4E)-2, 4-hexadiene
(D) (2E, 4Z)-4, 2-hexadiene
Br
CCl3
CCl3
(C)
28. The brown ring test for NO 2 and NO 3 is due to the

formation of complex ion with the formula
(B) [Fe(NO)(CN)5]2+
(A) [Fe(H2O)6]2+
2+
(D) [Fe(H2O) (NO)5]2+
(C) [Fe(H2O)5NO]
(D)
Br
Br
Br
22. In a reaction
29. The correct order for the wavelength of absorption in

the visible region is
(A) [Ni (NO2)6]4 < [Ni(NH3)6]2+ < [Ni(H2O)6]2+
(B) [Ni (NO2)6]4 < [Ni(H2O)6]2+ < [Ni(NH3)6]2+
(C) [Ni(H2O)6]2+ < [Ni(NH3)6]2+ < [Ni (NO2)6]4
(D) [Ni(NH3)6]2+ < [Ni(H2O)6]2+ < [Ni (NO2)6]4
Hypochlorous
R
CH2 OH
M
CH2 = CH2
acid
CH2 OH
where M = molecule
R = Reagent
M and R are
(A) CH3CH2Cl and NaOH
(B) CH2Cl CH2OH and aq. NaHCO3
(C) CH3CH2OH and HCl
(D) CH2 = CH2 and heat
30. In nitroprusside ion,, the iron and NO exists as Fe (II)

and NO+ rather than Fe(III) and NO these forms can
be differentiated by
(A) Estimating the concentration of iron
(B) Measuring the concentration of CN
(C) Measuring the solid state magnetic moment
(D) Thermally decomposing the compound
23. Which of the following will have least hindered

rotation about carbon-carbon bond
(A) Ethane
(B) Ethylene
(C) Acetylene
(D) Hexachloroethane
24. Which is least reactive
substitution (SN2)
(A) CH2 = CH2 CH2 Cl
CH3
(B) CH3 C Cl
(C)
towards
31. Four reactions are given below

I
2Li + 2H2O 2LiOH + H2
II
2Na + 2H2O 2NaOH + H2
nucleophilic
III
2LiNO3 heat
2LiNO2 + O2
IV
2NaNO3 heat
2NaNO2 + O2
Which of the above if any is wrong
(A) IV
(B) III
(C) I
(D) None of these
CH3
Cl
32. Name of the structure of silicates in which three

oxygen atoms of [SiO4]4 are shared is
(A) Pyrosilicate
(B) Sheet silicate
(C) Linear chain silicate
(D) Three dimensional silicate
33. The metallic lusture exhibited by sodium is explained
by
(A) Diffusion of sodium ions
(B) Oscillation of loose electron
(C) Excitation of free protons
(D) Existence of body centred cubic lattice
(D) CH3 CH CH3

Cl
25. Among the following the least stable reasonance

structure is
- - O
O
(B)
(A)
N
N
OO- O
- O
(C)
(D)
N
N
O
O-
34. Hydrogen is evolved by the action of cold dil. HNO3

on
(A) Fe
(B) Mn
(C) Cu
(D) Al
26. Homolytic fission of CC bond in ethane gives an

intermediate in which carbon is (A) sp3 hybridised
(B) sp2 hybridised
(C) sp hybridised
(D) sp2d hybridised
is
85
MARCH 2010
35. 'Lapis-Lazuli' is a blue coloured precious stone. It is

mineral of the class
(A) Sodium alumino silicate
(B) Zinc-cobaltate
(C) Basic copper carbonate
(D) Prussian blue
36. In which of the following arrangements the order is
not according to the property indicating against it
(A) Al3+ < Mg2+ < Na+ < F (increasing ionic size)
(B) B < C < N < O (increasing first I.E.)
(C) I < Br < F < Cl
(increasing electron gain enthalpy (ve))
(D) Li < Na < K < Rb (increasing metallic radius)
3.
If the radius of a spherical balloon is measured with

in 1 % the error (in percent) in the volume is
(A) 4 r2 %
(B) 3 %
88
(D) None
(C) %
7
4.
The relation R defined on the set A = {1, 2, 3} is

given by R = {(1, 1) (2, 2)} then number of correct
choices from the following is (i) reflexive
(ii) symmetric
(iii) Transitive
(iv) anti symmetric
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4
5.
Let U be the universal set and A B C = U then

{(A B) (B C) (C A)}c =
(A) A (B C)
(B) A (B C)
(C) (A B C)
(D) None of these
6.
If A and B are square matrices of same size and

| B | 0 then (B1 AB)4 =
(B) BA4B1
(A) (B4)1 AB4
1 4
(D) None of these
(C) B A B
37. Which set of hybridisation is correct for the

following compound
NO2, SF4, PF6

(A) sp, sp2, sp3
(C) sp2, sp3, d2sp3
(B) sp, sp3d, sp3d2

(D) sp3, sp3d2, sp3d2
38. The increasing order of atomic radius for the

elements Na, Rb, K and Mg is
(A) Mg < Na < K < Rb
(B) K < Na < Mg < Rb
(C) Na < Mg < K < Rb
(D) Rb < K < Mg < Na
7.
(A) 0
8.
2d
2a
If 1 = 2z 4x 2 y and 2 = 2d e f then
e 2a b
4 x 2 y 2z
1/2 =
(A) 1
MATHEMATICS
9.
y = 2x2 log | x | passes (A) two minima & one maxima

(B) Two maxima and one minima
(C) Only two minima
(D) Only two maxima
(B) 2
(C)
1
2
(D) None
The number of ways in which 20 one rupee coin can

be distributed among 5 people such that each person
gets at least 3 rupee is
(A) 26
(B) 63
(C) 125
(D) None
10. The total number of six digit number x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6

have the property that
x1 < x2 x3 < x4 < x5 x6 is equal to
(A) 10C6 (B) 12C6
(C) 11C6
(D) None
The function f(x) = 1 + x sin x [cos x],
0<x
[ . ] = G.I.F.
2
(A) is continuous on (0, /2)
(B) is strictly decreasing in (0, /2)
(C) is strictly increasing in (0, /2)
(D) has global maximum value 2
(B) 1
40. When CO2 is bubbled into an aqueous solution of

Na2CO3 the following is formed
(A) NaOH
(B) NaHCO3
(C) H2O
(D) OH
2.
g( x )
=
x 0
x
(C) 1
(D) None
where is a constant then lim
39. Which of the following ion forms a hydroxide highly

soluble in water
(A) Ni2+
(B) K+
2+
(D) Al3+
(C) Zn
1.
f ( x + ) f ( x + 2) f ( x + 3)
f (2)
f (3)
Let g(x) = f ()
f ' ( )
f ' (2)
f ' (3)
a 2 a 4
11. 2 1 +
+
+ .... ; a = logen is equal to
4
2
(A)
86
n 2 1
(n 1)
n +1
(B)
(C)
n
n
n
(D)
n2 +1
n
MARCH 2010
18
12. The term independent of x in x is

x
18
6
18
12
(B) C122
(A) C62
(C) 18C828
(D) None of these
2
22.
2 1
2.5 1
2 .5 .8 1
.
+
+
+.. ..=
3 2
3. 5 2
3 .6 .9 2
(B) 31/4
(C) 41/3
(D) 31/3
(A) 21/3
23.
r =1
n (n + 1)
4
(C) n(n + 1)
n (n + 1)
2
(D) None of these
(B)
(a + c) 2 + 4b 2 x + (a + c) 0 x R then a,
(C) H.P.
( x )
( x )
log
+ C (D) None of these
f (x)
f (x)
25. There is a point P(a, a, a) on the line passing through

the origin and equally inclined with axes the equation
of the plane perpendicular to OP and passing through
P cuts the intercepts on axes the sum of whose
reciprocals is
(A) a
(B) 3/2a
(C) 3a/2
(D) 1/a
r
r
26. If a = pi + 5j + 17k and b = 2 q i + 13j + k have
17. Let a, b, c be positive real numbers, such that
b, c are in
(A) G.P. (B) A.P.
1 ( x )
+ C
(B) log
2 f ( x )
24. Segment of the tangent to the curve xy = c2 at the

point (x, y) which is contained between the coordinate axes is bisected at the point
(B) (y, x)
(A) (x, y)
x
'
y
'
(D) None of these

(C) ,
2 2
16. If a1, a2, . . . . a15 are in A.P. and a1 + a8 + a15 = 15

then a2 + a3 + a8 + a13 + a14 =
(A) 15
(B) 10
(C) 25
(D) None
bx2 +
( x )
f ( x )' ( x ) f ' ( x )( x )
log
dx =
f (x)
f (x ) (x )
(C)
1
is equal to
log 2 r 4
(A)
( x )
+C
(A) log
f (x)
14. If is imaginary cube root of unity then

arg(i) + arg (i2)
(C)
(D) None
(A) 0
(B) /2
15.
sin 2 x dx =
(A) cos x + C
(B) cos x + C
(C) cos x sgn sin x+C (D) None of these
13. 1 +
equal magnitude and p, q are positive integer [1,

1000] then the total number of ordered pair (p, q) is
(A) 33
(B) 32
(C) 31
(D) None
r
r
r
r
r
r r
r
r
27. If a , b , c be such that | a + b + c | = 1, c = a b
r
r
r
1
1
1
and | a | =
, |b| =
, |c | =
then the angle
2
3
6
r
r
between a and b is(B) /4
(C) /3
(D) /2
(A) /6
(D) None
18. If a1 < a2 < a3 < a4 < a5 < a6 then the equation (x a1)
(x a3) (x a5) + 2(x a2) (x a4) (x a6) = 0 has
(A) Four real roots
(B) One real root
(C) One real root in each interval (a1, a2), (a3, a4) and
(a5, a6)
(D) None of these
19. Solution of the differential equation
xdx + zdy + (y + 2z)dz = 0 is
(A) x2 + 2yz + 2z2 = c (B) x2 + yz + z2 = c
(D) None of these
(c) x2 + 2yz + z2 = c
28. The equation
x2
y2
+
= 1 will represent an
8a
a2
ellipse if
(A) a (1, 4)
(C) a (2, 8)
20. The slope of the tangent to the curve y = f(x) at (x,

f(x)) is (2x + 1). If the curve passes through the point
(1, 2), then the area bounded by the curve, x-axis and
the lines x = 1, x = 0 is
(A) 5/6
(B) 6/5
(C) 6
(D) 1
(B) a ( , 2) (8, )
(D) None of these
29. Angle between the tangent drawn to y2 = 4x at the

point where it
is intersected by line
y = x 1 is
(A) /6
(B) /3
(C) /4
(D) /2
21. The maximum area of a rectangle whose two

consecutive vertices lie on the x-axis and another two
lie on the curve
y = e|x| is equal to
(A) 2e
(B) 2/e
(C) e
(D) 1/e
30. Consider four circles (x 1)2 + (y 1)2 = 1 equation

of smaller circle touching these four circles is
(A) x2 + y2 = 3
(B) x2 + y2 = 6 3 2
(C) x2 + y2 = 5 2 2 (D) x2 + y2 = 3 2 2
87
MARCH 2010
31. If the point P(a, a2) lies completely inside the triangle
formed by the lines x = 0, y = 0 and x + y = 2 then
exhaustive range of 'a' is
(A) a (0, 1)
(B) a (1,
| x |
39. The domain and range of f(x) = cos1 log [ x ]
.
x
Where [.] denotes the greatest integer function
respectively
(B) [2, ), [0, ]

(A) [ 1, ), [0, ]
2
2
(D) [1, ), {0}

(C) [2, ), { }
2
2)
(C) a ( 2 1, 2 ) (D) a ( 2 1, 1)
32. The distance between the orthocentre and the
circumcentre of the triangle with vertices (0, 0) (0, a)
and (b, 0) is
1 2
(a + b 2 )
2
(A)
(C) a b
40. The graph of the function y = f(x) has a unique

tangent not parallel to x-axis at the point (a, 0)
through
which
the
graph
passes,
then
log e {1 + 6f ( x )}
lim
is
x a
3f ( x )
(B) a + b
(D)
a 2 + b2
2
(A) 1
33. If the sides of a are 3 : 7 : 8 then R : r is equal to

(A) 2 : 7
(B) 7 : 2
(C) 3 : 7
(D) None
41. If P = lim+
x 5
34. The equation sin x (sin x + cos x) = K has real

solution then K belongs to
(B) (2
(C) (0, 2 3 )
1 2 1+ 2
,
(D)
2
3,2+
Q = lim+
3)
36. If solution of the equation

2
() x3
44. If
(C) 3
(D) None
f(x)
(B) 3x2
is
1
(xy1 y)2 =
y2
(C) 1/x3
continuous
n +1
f (x )dx = n
(A) 16
(D) None
function
such
that
n Z then
> , n N then maximum value of n =

6
(B) 5
(D) 3
(B) 0
f (x)dx =
(C) 2
(D) None
1
45. If x2f(x) + f = 2 for all x except at x = 0 then
x
38. Period of the function f(x) = sin 3{x} + tan [x]

where [.] and {.} denote the integral part and
fractional part respectively, is given by
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D)
(B) 2
43. If (a + bx)ey/x = x then
3cos 2 3 sin cos 3 sin = 0 are n +

and
r
n + then | r s | =
s
(A) 3
(B) 9
(C) 7
(D) 1
(A) 6
(C) 4
P
=
Q
[ x 2 ] 1
; x2 1
then at x = 1, f(x) is
42. Let f(x) = x 2 1
2
0
=
;
x
1
(A) Differentiable
(B) Discontinuous
(C) Continuous not differentiable
(D) None of these
x
, (0, ) has
35. The function f(x) =
1 + x tan x
2
(A) One point of minimum
(B) One point of maximum
(C) No extreme point
(D) Two point of maximum
37. If cot1
(D) None
x 2 9 x + 20
x 2 9 x + 20
lim
x [x]
x 5
x [x]
[.] = G.I.F. then

(A) 1
(C) 2
x 2 9 x + 20
x 2 9 x + 20
lim
and
x 4
x [x]
x [x]
x 4
1+ 2
(A) 0,
(B) 0
f (x)dx =
1/ 3
(A) 4/3
(C) 1/3
88
(B) 8/3
(D) None
MARCH 2010
LOGICAL REASONING
1.
2.
Fill in the blank spaces

6, 13, 28, . ?. . .
(A) 56
(B) 57
(C) 58
(D) 59
Choose the best alternative

Car : Petrol : : T.V. : ?
(A) Electricity
(B) Transmission
(C) Entertainment
(D) Antenna
3.
Pick the odd one out

(A) Titan
(B) Mercury
(C) Earth
(D) Jupiter
4.
Direction : In questions, find out which of the

figures (A), (B), (C) and (D) can be formed from the
pieces given in (x).
8.
(B)
(B)
A
(C)
B
(D)
C
(D)
9.
5.
(D)
Directions : The questions that follow contain a set

of three figure X, Y and Z showing a sequence of
folding of piece of paper. Fig. (Z) shows the manner
in which the folded paper has been cut. These three
figure are followed by four answer figure from which
you have to choose a figure which would most
closely
resemble
the
unfolded
form of
figure. (Z)
(A)
(C)
(C)
(x)
(A)
(B)
(A)
Directions : In question, choose the set of figures

which follows the given rule.
Rule : Closed figures become more and more open
and open figures more and more closed.
Direction : In following questions, complete the

missing portion of the given pattern by selecting from
the given alternatives (A), (B), (C) and (D).
?
(A)
(X)
(B)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(C)
10. Directions : In question below, you are given a
figure (x) followed by four figures (A), (B), (C) and
(D) such that (X) is embedded in one of them. Trace
out the correct alternative.
(D)
6.
Directions : In question below, you are given a

figure (X) followed by four figures (A), (B), (C) and
(D) such that (X) is embedded in one of them. Trace
out the correct alternative.
(X)
(x)
(A)
7.
(B)
(C)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(D)
Directions : In following question, find out which of

the answer figures (A), (B), (C) and (D) completes
the figure matrix ?
89
MARCH 2010
(A) Only 1 is correct

(B) Only 2 is correct
(C) Both the sentences 1 & 2 are correct
(D) Both the sentences 1 & 2 are incorrect
ENGLISH
1.
Find the correctly spelt word

(A) Geraff
(B) Giraffe
(C) Giraf
(D) Gerraffe
2.
Find out that word where the spelling is wrong

(A) Puncture
(B) Puntuation
(C) Pudding
(D) Pungent
3.
Pick up the correct synonym for the following words

Plush :
(A) Luxurious
(B) Delicious
(C) Comforting
(D) Tasty
4.
Choose the alternative which can replace the word

printed in underline without changing the meaning of
the sentence.
When he returned, he was accompanied by 'sprightly'
young girl.
(A) Lively
(B) Beautiful
(C) Sportive
(D) Intelligent
5.
Choose one alternative which is opposite in meaning

to the given word :
Astute :
(A) Wicked
(B) Impolite
(C) Cowardly
(D) Foolish
10. Which one of the two sentences given below is

wrong on the basis of the underlined words :
1. He is a very "ingenuous" businessman.
2. I like him for his "Ingenious" nature.
(A) Sentence 1 is correct
(B) Sentence 2 is correct
(C) Both the sentences can be made correct by
interchanging the underlined words.
(D) Both the sentences can not be interchanged hence,
both are wrong.
11. Choose from the given words below the two
sentences, that word which has the same meaning and
can be used in the same context as the part given
underlined in both the sentences :
1. His "aloof" behaviour is an indication of his
arrogance.
2. During our field visits we visited "remote" parts of
Rajasthan.
(A) Far-off
(B) Introvert
(C) Distant
(D) Depressed
12. Find out which part of the sentence has an error. If
there is no mistake, the answer is 'No error'.
" Meatless days" / have been made / into a film / No Error
(a )
6.
7.
Choose the word which is closest to the 'opposite' in

meaning of the underlined word
Many snakes are 'innocuous' :
(A) Deadly
(B) Ferocious
(C) Poisonous
(D) Harmful
(A) Meatless days

(C) into a film
Find out which one of the words given below the

sentence can most appropriately replace the group of
words underlined in the sentence :
The bus has to "go back and forth" every six hours.
(A) Cross
(B) Shuttle
(C) Travel
(D) Run
9.
Read both the sentences carefully and decide on their

correctness on the basis of the underlined words :
1. I am out of practise these days
2. I practice law
(c)
(d)
(B) have been made

(D) No Error
13. Which part of the following sentence has an error ? If

the sentence is correct, the answer will be 'No Error".
Looking forward / to / meet you here / No Error
Choose the one which can be substituted for the

given words/sentences :
Giving undue favours to one's kith and kin'
(A) Corruption
(B) Worldliness
(C) Favouritism
(D) Nepotism
8.
( b)
(a )
( b)
(A) looking forward

(C) meet you here
( c)
(d )
(B) to
(D) No error
14. Choose the one which best expresses the meaning of

the given Idiom/Proverb :
The 'pros and cons'
(A) Good and Evil
(B) Former and Latter
(C) For and Against a thing
(D) Foul and Fair
15. Replace the underlined word with one of the given
options :
The Second World War started in 1939.
(A) Broke out
(B) Set out
(C) Took out
(D) Went out
90
MARCH 2010
SOLUTION FOR MOCK TEST

IIT-JEE (PAPER - I)
10.[A,C,D]
CHEMISTRY
1.[D]
For He+,
or,
1
= RH Z2
1
1 1
2 = 4RH
1
6.[C]
O
COONa
11.[A,B,C,D]
' v'
28
= 2.5
=
11.2 11.2
1 L contain 2.5 moles of H2O2
Mass of H2O2 = 2.5 34 = 85g
wt. of 1L solution = 265 gL1
WH 2O = 265 85 = 180 g
M=
I maximum H-bonding
III H-bonding
IV More electronegative oxygen
II Spherical Hydrocarbon part
180
= 10
18
1000
= 13.88
molality 'm' = 2.5
180
n H 2O 2
2.5
=
= 0.2
mole fraction, X H 2O2 =
nT
12.5
w 2.5 34
=
100 = 8.5
%
v
1000
12.[A,B,C,D]
z2
n2
(A) r
(B) P.E 2
z
n
moles of H2O =
Silicon contains Si C bond.

C.C
, Q Fe+3 = 0.1
C(1 )
Solving the quadratic equation for
= a = 0.095
H+ = C = 0.1 0.095 = 0.0095
pH = 2.02
K=
60
= 75 cm3 mol1
0.80
V
75
Qb= C =
cm3mol1 = 0.025L mol1
3
3
T .27 Rb
8a
a= C
= 3.375
TC =
27 Rb
8
VC =
7.[D]
Due to dipole-dipole interaction ICl has stronger

intermolecular force of attraction.
8.[B]
Since the nucleophile is weaker and solvent is

highly polar therefore reaction proceed through
carbocation intermediate
(C) K.E
13.[B]
z2
n2
(D) v
z
n
Also, pH = pKIn 1
or, pKIn + 1 = 6 and pKIn 1 = 4
pKIn = 5 KIn = 105
14.[C] At VNaOH = 0, pH = 3 H+ = 0.001

0.001
ka =
= 105
1
= 0.01 c = 0.1
n
5
Q v = 50 mL
Now, C = HB or 0.1 =
v
v
m mol of HB
5
= 0.05
[NaB] =
=
Total volume 100
1
[pKw + pKa + log C] = 8.85
pH =
2
9.[A,B,D]
Except
CuFeS2 + O2 Cu2S + 2FeS + SO2
all the reactions are occurring in Bessemer's
converter
+ CHI3
NaOH
B will give +ve iodoform test.
3.[D]
5.[B]
O
O
I2
1
1
1
= RH z2 2
2
( ) 2
(2)
1 9R H
4
16 x
;
2 =
=
=
4
9R H
9
2
4.[B]
CO2H
CH3
1
= x = 1
4R H
For Li+2
2.[B]
CO2Et
H O+
CCH3 3
91
MARCH 2010
15.[A] Since pH corresponding to steepest point is > 8

most suitable indicator would be phenolphthalein
| (a 1 a 2 ).b1 b 2 |
| b1 b 2 |
R D S is the step in which intermediate

carbocation intermediate is formed
16.[B]
O
+
H Ph C NHCH3
Me
17.[B]
C=N
pH
So the shortest distance between the given lines is

zero if
(i j (2i j) . (2i + k) (i + j k) = 0
1 0 0
L.H.S. = 2 0 1 = 1 0
1 1 1
OH
+
3O
H
PhCOOH + CH3NH2
Hence the given lines do not intersect.
O
OH
CH3 NH
2
18.[C] Ph C
Ph
OH
C=N
3.[B]
Equation of a plane passing through the line of

intersection of the given planes is
2x y + 3z + 5 + (5x 4y 2z + 1) = 0
or (2 + 5)x (1 + 4)y + (3 2)z + 5 + = 0
This will be perpendicular to the plane
2x y + 3z + 5 = 0
if
2(2 + 5) + (1 + 4) + 3(3 2) = 0
= 7/4 and the required equation of the plane is
4(2x y + 3z + 5) 7(5x 4y 2z + 1) = 0
27x 24y 26z 13 = 0
4.[B]
Equation of the tangents at P(x1, y1) to the

parabola y2 = 4ax is yy1 = 2a(x + x1)
or
2ax y1y + 2ax1 = 0
.(i)
If M(h, k) is the mid-point of QR, then equation
of QR a chord of the parabola y2 = 4a(x + b) in
term of its mid-point is ky 2a (x + h) 4ab
= k2 4a (h + b) (using T = S )
...(ii)
or 2ax ky + k2 2ah = 0
Since (i) and (ii) represent the same line, we have
2ax
y
2a
= 1 = 2 1
2a
k
k 2ah
k = y1 and k2 2ah = 2ax1
Ph
or
C=N
OH
CH3
CH3
PCl5
PCl5
Ph C NH
CH3
CH3
CNH Ph
Column Matching
19.
[A] r,t; [B] s; [C] p; [D] r,t
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
20.
Stereoisomers
4
2
10
4
Optical
4
0
8
4
Meso
0
0
2
0
[A] r; [B] p,s; [C] q; [D] t

A r sp2
B p,s sp3
C q sp3d3
D t sp3d2
MATHEMATICS
1.[A]
The point x = 1 is a discontinuity of the function

f(x) = 1/(1 x). If x 1, then
x 1
. Hence x = 0 is a point of
u(x) = f(f(x)) =
x
discontinuity of the function u. If x 0, and
x 1, then fofof(x) = x.
Hence y = f 3n(x) = (f 3(x)n) = x is continuous
everywhere. Therefore, 0 and 1 are the only
points of discontinuities of y.
2.[D]
The given lines intersect, if the shortest distance

between the lines is zero.
We know that the shortest distance between the
r
lines r = a1 + ( b1 ) and r = a2 + b2 is
92
y12 2ah = 2ax1 4ax1 2ax1 = 2ah
h = x1
5.[B]
6x2 xy 12y2 = 0
(2x 3y) (3x + 4y) = 0

.(i)
and
15x2 + 14xy 8y2 = 0
(5x 2y) (3x + 4y) = 0

.(ii)
Equation of the line common to (i) and (ii) is
3x + 4y = 0
Equation of any line parallel to (ii) is
x
y
+
=1
3x + 4y = k or
k/3
k/4
k
k
If
+
= 7, then k = 12 and the equation of
3
4
the required line is 3x + 4y = 12
6.[B]
The given equation is equivalent to

2 sin2 ((/2) cos2 x ) = 2 sin2 ((/2) sin 2x)
cos2 x = sin 2x
cos x (cos x 2 sin x) = 0
MARCH 2010
lim f ( x ) = lim (3x2 + 12x 1)
1 2 tan x = 0 as cos x 0, x (2n + 1)/2

tan x = 1/2
cos 2x =
7.[B]
1 tan 2 x
1 + tan 2 x
tan 3 cot =
x 2
3
5
3 tan tan 3
tan (1 3 tan 2 )
3 tan 2
= x (say)
1 3 tan 2
(3x 1)( x 3)
x 3
tan2 =
=
3x 1
(3x 1) 2
=
12.[B,C] Differentiating the equation of curve xy = 1,

dy
dy
we have
x
+y=0
= y/x
dx
dx
Hence the slope of normal = x/y. Morever the
slope of the line ax + by + c = 0 is a/b. So we
have x/y = a/b, i.e., bx + ay = 0 solving this with
xy = 1, we have x2 = a/b. So we must have
a/b < 0, i.e., a > 0, b < 0 or a < 0, b > 0.
Since tan2 is non-negative, either x < 1/3 or

x 3, so x cannot lie between 1/3 and 3.
8.[D]
Let X denote the largest number on the n tickets

drawn. We have
n
k
k 1
P(X k) = and P(X k 1) =
N

N
n
k
k 1
Thus P(X = k) =
N
N
13. [C] Each team will play 7 matches and so any team
can win any no. of matches between 0 to 7.
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 Four team will be selected
(7, 6, 5, 4).
Thus, team which win only 3 matches will be out
of the first round.
9.[A,C] Rewriting the given equation as

dy
dy
1
1
2xy
y2 = 1 + x2 2y
y2 =
+ x.
dx
dx
x
x
du
1
1
+ x.
u=
Putting y2 = u. We have
dx
x
x
The I.F. of this equation is 1/x, so
1
1
1
u.
= 2 + 1 dx = + x + C
x
x
x
14. [A] And from the above question minimum number

of matches that a team must win in order to
qualify for second round is 4 matches.
15. [B] In second round it has to win one match. Then
one in semi final and one final.
a
5
3
sin A =
= ,
2 sin A
2 25 / 6 5
a = 5, b = 8, R = 25/6 cos A = 4/5 or 4/5
16.[C] R =
y2 = (x2 1) + Cx. Since y(1) = 1 so C = 1,

hence y2 = x(1 + x) 1 which represents a
system of hyperbola.
4
10.[B,C,D]
b2 + c2 a 2
4 64 + c 2 25
; =
2bc
5
28 c
4
cos A = does not give any solutions

5
cos A =
| x 3 | dx = | x 3 | dx + | x 3 | dx
1
c2 64c + 195 = 0 c = 5, 7.8.

17.[A] a cos A + b cos B + c cos C
= 2R sin A cos A + 2R sin B cos B + 2R sin C cos C
= R {sin 2A + sin 2B + sin 2C}= 4R sin A sin B sin C
18. [A] 8R2 = a2 + b2 + c2
8R2 = 4R2 sin2A + 4R2sin2B + 4 sin2C
1 cos 2A 1 cos 2B 1 cos 2C
+
+
2=
2
2
2
cos 2A + cos 2B + cos 2C + 1 = 0
1 4 cos A cos B cos C + 1 = 0
cos A. cos B. cos C = 0
or B = or C =
A=
2
2
2
= ( x 3) + ( x 3) dx
1
x
3 x2
4
=
3x +
3x
2
1 2
3
= 2 + 1/2 = 5/2
Thus 2A + B = 5/2. The values in (B), (C), (D)
satisfy this equation.
2
11.[A, B, C, D]
For x [1, 2), f (x) = 6x + 12 > 0 on (1, 2), so
f increases on [1, 2]. f is trivally continuous on
[1, 3] except possibly x = 2. At point x = 2.
f(2) = 35 and
lim f ( x ) = lim (37 x ) = 35,
x 2+
x 2
= 3 4 + 12 2 1 = 35.
Thus, f is continuous at x = 2 as well. Now
f (2 + h ) f (2)
f ( 2+) = lim
h 0 +
h
37 (2 + h ) 35
= 1
= lim
h 0
h
Similarly f (2) = 24 f (2 +)
As f increases on [1, 2] and decreases on [2, 3]
so f has a maximum at x = 2.
19. (A) p,q,r,t; (B) s; (C) q,t; (D) p,q,r,t
x 2+
93
MARCH 2010
20. (A) p,q,r,s,t; (B) r,t; (C) q; (D) q,s

(A) Let f(x) = ax3 + bx + c f (x) = 3ax2 + b > 0 x
f(x) increases for all x.
(B) f(x) = 3ax2 + 4bx + c then f(x) has same sign for
all x.
Q f(0) = c > 0 f(x) > 0; x R, thus f(1) > 0
(C) If f(x) = ax2 + bx + c, then af(2) < 0
(D) If f(x) = ax2 + bx + c then af(2) < 0, and
af(1/2) < 0 and af (1) < 0
E1
n2
E1 =
13.6Z 2
12
5.[B]
f =20
Net force on m3 = (30) 2 + (40) 2 = 50 N
f =10
C I1
2f =20
5
2.[D]
y
For lens f = 20, u = ?, v = (20 5) = 15
1
1
1
=
20
15 u
mg sin mg cos
1
1
1
=
u
20 15
u = 60
ma = mg sin
a = g sin or a = g tan (1)
(as is small)
Now,
x2 = 4ay
dy x
=
dx 2a
x
a=g
2a
gx
2x =
2a
=
4.[C]
(2)
Z=2
and limiting friction on m3 = m3g = 60 N

System remain in equilibrium and friction on
m3 = 50 N
3.[C]
= 1.224 eV
(n 1) 2
Solving (1) and (2) E1 = 54.4 eV
PHYSICS
1.[C]
E1
6.[B]
A
Equivalent circuit
g
2a
2R
0A
, where x is separation between plates
x
1 dx
1 dC 1 dA
=
C dT A dT
x dT
dC
1 dx
1 dA
=
S = 2
= 0,
for
dT
x dT A dT
C=
Req =
Maximum energy is liberated for transition

En 1 and minimum energy for En En1
E
Hence , 21 E1 = 52.224 eV
(1)
n
94
Req
2R R
+
3
2
7R
6
i=
R eq
MARCH 2010
i=
6
7R
v = v0/2
v = velocity of wedge after collision.
v / 2. cos 45 + v 0 / 2 sin 45
=1
e= 0
v 0 sin 45
Impulse on wedge due to ball = Impulse on ball
due to wedge = change in momentum of ball.
Req
6
7R
5
mv0
=
2
R
A
2R
B 3 A
7R
Distance from origin =
5 + (12) = 13 m
S1
2
(2 sin )
= 4 sin
2
For maxima, = n
where n = 0, 1, 2 . . .
4 sin = n
2
1
n
sin = 2
4
1
n = 0, sin =
8
1
3
n = 1, sin = , +
8
8
3 5
n = 2, sin = ,
8 8
5 7
n = 3, sin = ,
8 8
7
n = 4, sin =
8
2B
m m
m
+
=
2qB 2qB
qB
9.[A,B,D] At a distance h above the sheet

D D
+
=
E = Esheet + Eslab =
2 0
2 0 2 0
At a distance h below the top surface of slab Eslab
(D 2h )
=
2 0
(D 2h ) + (D 2h )
=
E = Esheet + Eslab=
+
2 0
2 0
2 0
At a distance h below the bottom surface of the
D D
+
=
slab =
2 0
2 0 2 0
10.[A,C,D]
v0/2
v0/2
m
v
2m
45
v0
v
45
v
f real , when source is moving
12.[B,C] fap. =
v vS
towards observer
45
Momentum of ball + wedge system is conserved

in horizontal direction
S2
/2
Time =
mv0
2
Impulse on wedge due to surface

= Change in momentum of ball + wedge system
mv 0
=
2
11.[A,C]
8.[B]
p i = mv 0
pf =
2h
25
= 12 m
= 12
g
10
R= u
pi
Using Kirchoff's first law current through

3 2
=
AB =
7R 7R 7R
7.[C]
m 2 v 02
4
pf
2
7R
m 2 v 02 +
95
MARCH 2010
v
f real , when source is moving
and fap =
v + vS
away from observer
and fbeat = f1 ~ f2
3.016049
Kth = (4.033 MeV) 1 +
1.007825
= 16.10 MeV
18.[C] Above calculations shown that, less energy is

required for a nuclear reaction if a light particle is
incident on a heavy target than if a heavy particle
is incident on a light target.
Passage # 1 (Q. 13 to 15)

13.[A]
l
Column Matching :
19.
(A)

B = 0J
. . . . .
(B)
Flux = B Area
= 0J l a
ila
= 0
b
= Li
la
L= = 0
b
i
(C)
(D)
di
dt
Using kirchoff 's law
di
V0 L = 0
dt
Vt
i= 0
L
xa
L1 = 0
b
0 xa di 0 xa V0
Vx =
b
dt
b
L
15.[B] Energy flow rate = Vx i
xaV0 V0 t
= 0
bL
L
14.[A] Vx = L i = Li
20.
2GR 2
r
:r>R
r
(R + r 2 ) 3/2
GM
V=
(R 2 + r 2 )1/2
r
(D) E = G.3m
2
R
(
+ r 2 ) 3/2
3
G.3m
V=
2
R
(
+ r 2 )1/2
3
bL2
(C) E = GM
Passage # 2 (Q. 16 to 18)

16.[A] When protons are incident on 13 H
X = 11 H ; X = 13 H
1.007825
Kth = 4.033 MeV 1 +
3.016049
= 5.381 MeV
17.[C] When 13 H is incident on protons ;
[A] p,s; [B] p; [C] q,r; [D] q,r

4G
(A) E =
(R/2) : r R
3
[ = density ,
R = Radius of bigger sphere]
GM
: r >R
= 2
r
2G 3R 2
|V| =
( r R / 2) 2 : r R
3 4
GM
:r >R
=
r
(B) E = 2G . (R/2)
:rR
0 xaV02 t
x = 13 H ;
[A] r,; [B] q; [C] p; [D] p

3
Velocity of fish in air = 8 = 6
4
Velocity of fish w.r.t. bird = 6 + 6 = 12
Velocity of image of fish after reflection from
3
mirror in air = 8 = 6
4
w.r.t. bird = 6 + 6 = 0
4
Velocity of bird as seen from water = 6 = 8
3
w.r.t. fish = 8 + 8 = 16
Velocity of bird in water after reflection from
mirror = 8
w.r.t. fish = 8 8 = 0
X = 11 H
96
MARCH 2010

PAPER
- II - II)
IIT-JEE
(PAPER
3Cu(s) + 8H+ +2 NO 3 3Cu+2 + 2NO + 4H2O
When t = 0 the [A] = [A0]

So
C = 2[A0]1/2
2
k = ([A]1/2 [A]1/2)
t
Cu(s) + 4H+ + 2 NO 3 Cu+2 + 2NO2 + 2H2O
After rearrangement [A]1/2 =
CHEMISTRY
1.[C]
Let concentration of HNO3 is x, then
y = mx + C
So graph will be
[H+] = [ NO 3 ] = x
The tendency for the reduction of NO 3 to NO
and NO2 will be same and at that stage, Ecell must
have same value
E NO / NO E Cu +2 / cu = E NO / NO E Cu +2 / Cu
3
or E NO / NO = E NO / NO
3
or 0.96
[A0]1/2
t
2
10 3
0.0591
log 5
3
x
t=
0.0591
10 3
log 3
1
x
log x = 0.656 0.66 ; x = 100.66
Mg
Br
Et 2O
+
+MgBr
O
CH3
CH3
3.[C]
Br Changes to Br2
4.[C]
Diazo coupling reaction is an ES reaction in

which electrophile is diazo component. Greater
electro philicity of diazo group makes it more
reactive
EWG
ERG
NO2 , CH3, CH3O, Me2N
[A 0 ]
k
and t =
2 ( 2 1) [A 0 ]
k
6.[A,B,C]
On heating one molecule of carbon dioxide comes
out.
Ph
Me
H
HO2C
CO2H
CO 2
Me
H
Ph
Ph
Ph
Me
Me
H
H
H
H
CO2H HO2C
Me
Me
H
H
Ph
Ph
[A]
[B]
Both have plane of symmetry
hence optically inactive
OH
7.[A,B,C,D]
8.[A,B,C]
(A) 100 mg of CaCO3 in 1000 ml = 100 g CaCO3 in
106 ml = 100 ppm
(B) 120 mg of MgSO4 in 103 ml = 120 g MgSO4 in
106 ml = 100 g CaCO3 in 106ml = 100 ppm
(C) 84 mg of MgCO3 in 103 ml = 84 g MgCO3 in
106 ml = 100 g CaCO3 in 106ml = 100 ppm
(D) 111 g of CaCl2 in 103 ml = 100 103 g of CaCO3
in 106 ml = 100000 ppm
5.[A,B,C,D]
d[A]
= kdt
[A]1/ 2
Integrating both sides, we get
2[A]1/2 = kt + C
Slope = k/2
[A]1/2
= 0.79
2.[B]
kt
+ [A0]1/2
2
97
MARCH 2010
Reaction at C2 and C3 it self cause racemization

in addition to that these are diastereotopic faces so
diastereomers form (4)
Reaction at C3 (1)
Reaction at C6 (1)
Total isomers are (8)
Neighbouring group participation occurs through

two consecutive SN2 substitution with inversion
of configuration, thus the net result is retention of
configuration.
Column Matching :
(A) q ; (B) p,r ; (C) p,s ; (D) p,s
10.
* For exothermic reaction, H = ve, in T backward
whereas for endothermic, in T forward.
* Reactions for which ng = 0, pressure has no effect
11.
(A) r ; (B) q ; (C) p ; (D) s
PhCHCH3 EtO
Ph CH = CH2 (E2)
Br
Me
Me
Me
Me
EtOH
C
CHCBr
E1
t
t
t
t
Me
Me
9.[D]
14.
89600g haemoglobin =
No. of Fe =
Ei
CH3CCH3 EtO
CH3CCH3
E1CB
CN
Numerical Response type questions :
12. [4]
Volume of both AgNO3 & HCN are equal so
concentration is halved.
[AgNO3] = [HCN] = 0.01M
HCN(aq)
H+(aq)+CN(aq); Ka = 41010 (i)
+
AgCN(s);
Ag (aq) + CN (aq)
1
1
K=
=
(ii)
K sp 4 10 16
Adding
Ag+(aq) + HCN(aq)
13.
[6]
18.
[6]
nCV (T2 T1) = Popp (V2 V1)
Popp = P2
3
nRT2 nR (300)
n R (T2 300) = 2
1
2
2
= 0 (0.403) = 0.403 V
2+
Ecell = E cell
0.0591
0.1 0.5
log
2
(0.2) 2
= 0.403 0.003 = 0.400 V
Reaction at C1 and C5 are enantiotropic face give

racemic products (2)
[Cd ] PH 2
2.303RT
log
nF
[H + ]2
= 0.403
Cl , h
CH3 CH2 CH CH2 CH3 2 products.

3
(T 600)
3
(T2 300) = 2 2
2
2
5T2 = 2100
T2 = 420 K
U = nCV (T2 T1)
3
= 1 2(420 300)
2
= 3 120 = 360 Cal.
H = U + nR(T)
= 360 + 1 2 120
= 360 + 240 = 600 Cal.
[4]
The cell reaction is
Cd + 2H+ (0.2M) Cd2+ (0.1M) + H2 (0.5 atm)
E cell
= E H + / H E Cd
2+
/ Cd
x2 = 108 x = 104 = 10n n = 4
17.
19.
CH3
1
[1]
27 (x) + 8 = 36
x + 35 = 36
x = 36 35 = 1
Ka
= 106
K sp
Initial
0.01 0.01
At. Eq.
x
x
0.01
0.01
(Since K is very large so almost entirely forward
shifted)
[H + ]
10 2
=
= 106
K=
+
2
[Ag ][HCN ] x
[8]
16.
H+(aq) + AgCN(s);
K=
224
=4
56
[3]
xA = 0.70 and yA = 0.35
p = 600 Torr
y p 0.35 600
p A = A =
= 300 Torr
0.70
xA
CH2 = CH2
CH3
OH
0.25 89600
= 224 g Fe
100
15.
PhN+CH2CH2
[4]
98
MARCH 2010
MATHEMATICS
1.[B]
cos sin 0 cos sin 0

= sin cos 0 sin cos
0 = I
0
0
e 0
0
e
A(, )1 = A(, )
Next, Adj A(, ) = |A (, )|A(, )1
= e A(, ).
dx
= 0 so, we have
d
3
3cos = 0 =
or
. Corresponding to
2
2
these values of , we have
= 1;
y = 3 + 2 cos
= 3;
x = 2 3 sin
2
2
3
=2+3=5
x = 2 3 sin
2
3
=3
y = 3 + 2 cos
2
Thus the required points are (1, 3), (5, 3).
For vertical tangents
2.[B]
u(x) = h(f (g(x))) = h(f(x2)) = h (sin x2) = log sin x2

Hence u (x) = 2 x cot x2 and
u (x) = 2 cot x2 4x2 cosec2 x2.
3.[B]
We have
3 2 6 3 + 2 4 + 11 7
p1 =
= =1
7
32 + (6) 2 + (2) 2
and p2 =
3 2 6 1 + 2 4 + 11
32 + (6) 2 + (2) 2
6.[A,B,C] Let AB be the tower,

APB = , AQB = 2 and ARB = 3
Then QR = (3/4) PQ and PBQ = QBR =
BQ is the bisector of PBR (Fig.)
B
2 3
Q R
A
sin 3 4
PB PQ
AB cos ec 4
=
=
sin 3
BR QR
AB cos ec 3 3
3 4 sin2 = 4/3 12 sin2 = 5

sin = 5 / 12 .
cos 2 = 1 2 sin2 = 1/6
sin 3 = sin (3 4 sin2 ) = 2 5 / 3 3 .
16
=
7
7.[A,D] We have + = b/a, = c/a, + = b/a and

= c/a.
Therefore, equation of the circle having AB as
diameter is
(x ) (x ) + (y ) (y ) = 0
x2 (+)x + + y2 ( + )y + = 0
b
c
b'
c'
x2 + x + + y2 + y + = 0
a
a
a'
a'
aa (x2 + y2) + a bx + ab y + a c + ac = 0
Since it passes through the origin, a c + ac = 0
and through (b/a, b/a)
b 2 b' 2
b
b'
aa 2 + 2 + a b + ab = 0
a
a'
a'
a
a2 b2 + a2 b2 = 0
Equation of a tangent at (at2, 2at) to y2 = 8x is

ty = x + at2 where 4a = 8 i.e. a = 2
ty = x + 2t2 which intersects the curve xy = 1
x ( x + 2t 2 )
= 1
t
clearly t 0 or x2 + 2t2x + t = 0 and will be a
tangent to the curve if the roots of this
quadratic equation are equal, for which
4t4 4t = 0 t = 0 or t = 1 and an equation
of a common tangent is y = x + 2.
5.[A,B,C] We have
cos sin 0
A (, ) = sin cos 0
0
0
e
at the points given by
Also,
8.[A,C] lim
x 0
f ( x ) f (0)
log cos x
= lim
x 0 log (1 + x 2 )
x 0
log[1 (1 cos x )] 2 sin 2 ( x / 2)

x2
.
.
x 0
1 cos x
4( x / 2) 2 log(1 + x 2 )
= lim
cos() sin( ) 0
= sin() cos() 0
0
0
e
= A( , )
A(, ) A(, )
90 3
so, that p1, p2 are the roots of the equation

16
16
= 0 7p2 23p + 16 = 0
p2 1 + p +
7
7
4.[D]
1
log(1 y)
sin( x / 2)
lim
lim .
x 0
2 y 0
y
x/2
. lim
x 0
99
x2
2
log(1 + x )
1
2
MARCH 2010
where y = 1 cos x. So f is derivable at x = 0 and

hence also continuous.
and
3 3
+ = 4 + 2 cos
z z
x +1 x
9.[A,D] cot1 (1 + x2 x) = tan1

1 x (1 x )
= tan1 x + tan1 (1 x)
I=
1
0
cot 1 (1 + x 2 x )dx =
+
=
1
0
tan 1 xdx +
= 2x tan1 x ]10
1
0
1
0
2x
1 1
6 + = 3
|z|
z z
9
3 = 2( z + z) |z|2
tan 1 (1 x )dx
tan 1 xdx = 2
0 1+ x2
Eliminating from (1) and (2), we get
tan 1 x dx
1
1
0
13.
tan 1 xdx
[2]
p(x) = (2x + 3) (x97 + x96 + + 1).
= (2x + 3) ( x + 1) (x96 + x94 + + x2 + 1)
Also, x96 + x94 + + x2 + 1 > x R.
dx
14.
= 2tan (1) log(1 + x ) ]0

1
2 1
[3]
Let the required G.P. be
1
1
1
,
,
,
2 a 2a + b 2 a + 2b
= 2(/4) log 2 = /2 log 2.

10.
11.
A r, s; B s; C p;D p, q
(A) Any point on the line (t, 1 t). The chord with
this as mid point T = S1 passes through the
point (a, 2a)
(1 t)2 = 2a (1 a) > 0 a (0, 1)
Q LR (0, 4)
(B) POI are (1, 0) and (4, 0) and circle is (x 1)
(x 4) + y2 + y = 0 the length of the
tangent from (0, 0) is 4 = 2
(C) The r tangents from any point to the
parabola intersect on the directrix.
(D) 1 | h | > 0 h (1, 1).
Its sum is
15.
2 b a
b
1
7
[2]
As A2 = O, Ak = O k 2.
Thus,
(A + I)50 = I + 50A
(A + I)50 50A = I
a = 1, b = 0, c = 0, d = 1
16.
[6]
Let b = xi + yj + zk. So a b = (z + y) i xj xk
a b + c = 0 z + y + 1 = 0, x + 1 = 0
A q,t; B s; C p; D r
Let X = the number of steps taken in the forward
direction, then X ~ B (n, p) with n = 11, p = 0.4.
p1 = P(X = 5) + P(X = 6) = 11C5 p5q6 + 11C6p6q5
= 11C5 (pq)5 = 11C5 (0.24)5 = 11C6 (0.24)5
p3 = P(X = 4) + P(X = 7)
= 11C4 p4 q7 + 11C5 P7 p7 q4
= 11C4 (pq)4 (1 3pq)
= 11C4 (0.24)4 (0.28)
p0 = 0
and p11 = P(X = 0) + P(X = 11)
= (0.4)11 + (0.6)11
[3]
We have
9
= (2 + cos )2 + sin2 = 5 + 4 cos
| z |2
1 / 2a
1 1/ 2
2 1
We can take a = 3, b = 3.
x=1
a.b=3
yz=3
Solving these equations we have y = 1, z = 2.
Thus b = (1, 1, 2). i.e. |b|2 = 6.
17.
[4]
We have BC = 2BD, AD = h and OD = h r.
BC = 2 r 2 (h r ) 2 = 2 2hr h 2
AB = 2hr h 2 + h 2 = 2hr
so that P = 2AB + BC

12.
(2)
= 2[ 2hr h 2 + 2hr ]
Also the area of ABC is
= BD AD = h 2hr h 2 .
(1)
100
MARCH 2010
PHYSICS
r
O
3 6
P3
8 2hr h 2 + 2hr
Time taken by pendulum in going from A to B

=
2r h
8 2r h + 2r
P3
2r
8 2 2r
=4
l
g
T T
= 2 +
4 12
[3]
Note that it is not given that f is a differentiable
function we have
f (4 + h ) f (4)
f (4) = lim
h 0
h
2T 2 2
= . =
sec
3
3 5 15
2.[C]
f ( 4 + h ) 2 f (2 2 )
h 0
h
= lim
T
where T = 2
4
Time taken by pendulum in going from B to C

T
=
12
Time period of pendulum
lim 512
h 0
h 2hr h 2
= 512 r
18.
1.[B]
(4 + h ) 3 / 2 8
8[(1 + h / 4) 3 / 2 1]
= lim
= lim
h 0
h 0
h
h
3h
+ 0(h 2 ) 1
81 +
8 h + 0(h 2 )
2
4
8
= lim
= lim
h 0
h 0
h
h
= lim [3 = 0(h)] = 3
h 0
Free body diagram of rope AB

19.
[3]
The given equation can be written as
dy
x
x
+
y=
2
dx 1 + x
1+ x2
TA
TB
1
This is a linear equation with I.F. 1 + x . So
y 1 + x 2 = x 1 + x 2 dx + C.
Mg
= (1/3) (1 + x2)3/2 + C
y = (1/3) (1 + x2) + C(1 + x2)1/2
4
1
= y(0) = + C C = 1.
3
3
1
1
1
Hence y( 8 ) = . 9 + y( 8 ) = 3.
3
3
3
TA cos 1 = TB cos 2
TA sin 1 + TB sin 2 = Mg
Mg cos 2
TA =
sin(1 + 2 )
TB =
101
Mg cos 1
sin (1 + 2 )
MARCH 2010
Free body diagram of point AC
TA
(2 sin )
4 sin
2
For maxima, = n
where n = 0, 1, 2 . . .
4 sin = n
2
1
n
sin = 2
4
1
n = 0, sin =
8
1
3
n = 1, sin = , +
8
8
3 5
n = 2, sin = ,
8 8
TC
Mg
Horizontal equilibrium :
TA cos 1 = TC
Mg cos 1 cos 2
TC =
sin (1 + 2 )
Tension will be maximum at A and minimum at C.
3.[C]
4.[B]
Maximum expansion in spring is given by

1 2
1
kx max = v02
2
2
[ = Reduced mass]
2m
. v0 =
v0
xmax =
k
3k
Force diagram of block for the view shown
n = 3, sin =
n = 4, sin =
5 7
,
8 8
7
8
6.[A,B,C,D]
a=
view
N
N
180
mg cos
N=
Force on the particle is zero at x =
mg cos
mg cos
2 sin( / 2)
q
vdv
( x )
=
dx
m
Solve for v =
cos
a = g sin
/ 2)
sin(
2qx

x
m
2
v = 0 at x = 0 and x =
2
with mean position at x = .Therefore
amplitude of particle is .
5.[A,D]
x=
So, mean position of particle is at x =
Net friction up the plane = 2 N

cos
= mg
sin( / 2)
S1
F
qE q( x )
=
=
m
m
m
a = 0 at x =
Maximum acceleration of particle is at extreme

q
2
) and max =
.
position (at x = 0 or x =
S2
102
MARCH 2010
Work done negative

Hence heat is rejected
7.[B,D] As v = 2t and let radius of circular path is r then,
aT =
dv
= 2,
dt
ar =
4t 2
v2
=
r
r
6
: Temperature increases with decrease
5
in volume work done negative
For n = 2 : Temperature increase with increase
in pressure work done negative
Hence heat is absorbed.
For n =
Therefore,
a=
a T2 + a 2r
a=
4+
16 t 4
r2
(B) and (D) are correct.
12.
8.[A,B,D]
A = 0.04 m
[4]
4M, 2R
M,R
= 25
k = 5
Position of antinodes is given by
cos (5x) = 1
6R x
x = 0, 20 cm ....
V=0
= 5 m/s
v=
k
E=0
vmax = A = m/s
G.4m
9.[A,C] Temperature gradient at distance 'r'

d
1
1
=
dr
K x 2
[Where x = cross-sectional radius at distance 'r']
13.
Temperature increases with increase in 'r'.

10.
(A) (S) ; (B) (P) ; (C) (Q) ; (D) (R)
11.
(A) (P,S) ;
(B) (Q,R) ;
Intensity at earth =
=
cos tan t
AT 4
= 1740.1 W/m2 = 1.740 103
V n 1
14.
1
1
[1]
Temperature of gas will increase with increase in
volume and becomes maximum at C
Tmax =
1
: Temperature and volume decrease
2
with increase in pressure
4d 2
11
= Constant P n
For n = 1 : Temperature with increase in
volume work done positive
Hence heat is absorbed by system.
For n =
4d 2
[d = 1.5 10 m, T = 6127 K,
A = 4 r2, r = 7 108 m]
... (i)
Here, = 7/5
PV = nRT =
[1]
Temperature of sun is given by
b
[b : wein constant]
T=
m
= 6127 K
(C) (Q,R,S) ; (D) (P,Q,R)

For process PVn = constant
Molar heat capacity of gas
1
1
C = R
1
n
1
GM
x
(6 R x ) 2
2 (6 R x) = x
x=4R
= 4000 km = 4 103 km.
2
103
200 10 3 4 10 3
PV
=
1
nR
8.314
4
= 384.89 K
= 112C = 1.12 102 1
MARCH 2010
15.
[3]
S1
P
1
S2
At t = 0, N = 0 C =
3d
2
N=
S2P S1P = d sin 1 = d.
d / 2 d2
=
=
2D 3
D
S3P S2P = d sin 2 = d
3d / 2 3d 2
=
=
D
2D
IResultant = I0 + 4I0 + 2 I 0
I0
18.
[2]
eV1 =
4I 0 cos120
hc
eV2 =
[4]
hc
e(V2 V1) = hc 1
1 2
Let, a = side of cube

P = Impulse imparted
P
V2 V1 =
17.
1 2
1 2
19.
[2]
A
(Applying energy conservation

between situation A and B)
P=
hc
e
6.6 10 34 3 108
100
1.6 10 19
6 10 5
66
=
1034 + 8 + 2 + 19 + 5
32
33
=
= 2.0625 volt 2 volt
16
After hitting,
Pa
P
and 0 =
v0 =
m
2I
[I = Moment of inertial about axis
passing through centre of mass]
For just toppling
1 1
1 2
I0 = mga

2
2 2
for t
R
R
=
(1 et)
2
1
et =
2
ln 2
t=
= T1/2 = 100 years = 1 102
= 3I0
4I0
120
R
(1 et)
At equilibrium quantity N =
S3
16.
Re t
+C
Net =
2I0
= 4 kg m/s
a
[1]
Let rate of production = R
dN
= R N
dt
dN
+ N = R
dt
dN
et
+ Net = Ret
dt
Wgas = Wgravity + Wexternal pressure
= mgl + P0lA [m = mass of Hg pallet]

= 2.136 J
Q = W
= 2.136 J 2
d( Ne t )
= Ret
dt
104
MARCH 2010

PAPER
AIEEE- II
10.[D] Due to introduction of glass slab, number of

fring between two points remains constant
because if n number of fring crosses point P,
then same number of fring also crosses point O
in same sence.
PHYSICS
1.[A]
Initially relative velocity between coin and lift

is zero.
1 2
h = ut +
gt
here u = 0
2
t=
2h
=
g
1
CV2 = 3 J
2
On connecting this capacitor to an uncharged
capacitor since charge distributes equally, hence
both capacitors are of same capacity
CV + C(0)
V
Now common potential, V' =
=
C+C
2
Total energy stored in two capacitors is
11.[A] Energy stored in capacitor is,
1
2 2.45
=
sec.
9.8
2
Mass of liquid inside the capillary = r2 h d

= (r h d). r
since, hr = constant
mass of liquid inside r
2.[C]
U' =
=
2 r = n
n
or r =
2
3.[D]
r2 r 1 =
1
3
CV2 =
= 1.5 J
4
2
30
V
=
= 60 A
0.5
R
Total no. of free e s, N = nAl
and linear momentum of each es, P = mv
Total momentum of all free es,
P = (nAl) (m)
I
But I = neA , so nA =
e
=
2
2
2
KE = h + ..(i)
2KE = h' + (ii)
or 2 (h + ) = h' +
or ' = 2 +
' > 2
h
P=
5.[C]
Ilm
60 100 9.110 31
=
19
e
1.6 10
3.4 108 kg/s
6.[B]
13.[A] Let unknown resistance be X. In first case, if

l
X
l is the balancing length then,
=
R
(100 l )
7.[D]
1
Ka2
2
1
mw2a2
E=
2
So a2 t2 = hence (A) constant
9.[C]
12.[C] Current, I =
4.[C]
8.[A]
1
1
V
CV'2 +
CV'2 = C
2
2
2
E=
M=
M1M 2
M=
24.2 20 =
X=
10l
(100 l )
..(i)
In second case, R = 10 + 12.5 = 22.5 and

l ' = l 20
X
X
l'
l 20
=
or
=
22.5
R
(100 l' )
100 (l 20)
484 = 22g
105
MARCH 2010
22.5 (l 20)
.(ii)
120 l
Solving eqs (i) and (ii) we get
l = 60 cm and X = 15
21.[A]
or X =
14.[D] Energy gained in one movement across the gap

= 100 KeV
The energy gained in one turn = 200 KeV
N=
20 10 6
200 10
15.[D] T = 2
T' = 2
1
p
10
dwABCA = dQABCA
1
(21) (10P) = 5
2
P
=5P=0
5
2
1
dwCA = [2 1] [0 + 10] = 5J
2
= 100
I
MB H
2I
=
MB H
2T
16.[B] emf induced is,
d
AdB
l2
(2)
=
=
dt
dt
2
= l2 = 1 Volt
Resultant emf = 10 1 = 9V
22.[C]
e=
3V + 3Vs = 5V 5Vs
V
340
=
= 85 m/s
Vs =
4
4
17.[A] Since 'M' is at rest the tension in the string

Mg
=
Let acceleration of m and m' is 'f' one
2
will move downward and other will move
upward
Mg
= mf ..(i)
mg
2
Mg
m'g = m'f .(ii)
2
Solving equation (i) and (ii)
4
1
1
=
+
M
m
m1
23.[A]
60
60
= 3
sin 60
3
=
sin
1
3
= 3 sin
2
sin =
= 30
= 90
du
= (16x 4) = 4 16x
dx
At equilibirum 4 16x0 = 0
1
and x0 = m = 25 cm.
4
At the given position x = (25 + 25) = 50 cm.
F = 4 16 .5 = 4 N.
4
or a =
= 40 m/s2
0.1
1
1
19.[B] LC =
mm =
cm = 0.01 cm
10
100
10
Side of cube =
+ 1.01 = 1.01 cm
10
18.[C] F =
Statement based : (Sol. 24 to 25)

24.[D]
25.[B]
Passage based : (Sol. 26 to 30)
26.[A] Inner charge also flows to outer shell. Hence,
net charge on it q = q1 + q0
= ()(4R2) + () (4) (2R)2 = 12R2
V=
20.[A] As temperature increases, frequency increases

so it will be more than thrice the length, hence (A)
x > 54
V + Vs
5
n'
=
=
n"
V Vs
3
106
12R 2
1
q
.
=
8 0 R
4 0 (2R )
3R
2 0
MARCH 2010
36.[C] C6H12O6 CO2

O.N. = C 0
C = +4
27.[B] Using the Gauss theorem we can see that net

charge inside the Gaussian sphere passing from
the point under consideration has no changed.
E
Therefore, E1 = E2 or 1 = 1.
E2
Change in O.N. per atom = 4

Change in O.N. for 6 C atom = 24
So equivalent weight = M/24
28.[C] They will collide at their mean positions

because time period of both are same and that is
m
. After collision combined mass is 2m
2
K
and Keff = 2K. Hence, time period remains
unchanged.
37.[C]
38.[D] Allylic halides undergo substitution very easily.
39.[D] Solubility of alcohols in water increases with
increase in branching of alkyl group.
29.[A] From conservation of linear momentum we can

see that velocity of combined mass just after
A
.
collision is v =
4
A
A
2
v=
40.[C] RCN on hydrolysis gives RCOOH.

41.[C] Conc. HNO3
Benzoquinone
A =
m m
30.[D] E =
OCOCH3
K
A
because = =
m
4
COOH
45.[B]
Acetyl salicylic acid (Aspirin)
46.[D]
1
1
A
(2m)v2 = (2m)
2
2
4
m2 A 2 kA 2
=
16
16
47.[B]
The magnetic moments depends upon the no. of

n (n + 2)
unpaired electrons i.e.
no. of unpaired electrons in

Cr2+ Four
Co2+ three
Fe2+ Four
Mn2+ Five
Both Cr2+and Fe2+ have four electrons
2k
2 k
or
=
m
2m
2
1
A kA
(2m) =
2
16
4
CHEMISTRY
48.[A] for bcc lattice, l = 0.433a

lattice is half of the body diagonal that is
3a
= 1.73 ; So, a = 200 pm
2
31.[B]
32.[C] Sulphide ions produces rotten egg smell on
treating with dil. H2SO4
49.[A] K = 100 =
33.[C] HgI42
K1 =
[AB]2
[A 2 ][B 2 ]
[A 2 ][B 2 ]
,
[AB]2
Thus K1 = 1/K = 102
34.[D] Smaller the valency, smaller the flocculating

power.
K2 =
35.[A] H3BO3 + OH H4 BO4 or B(OH)4
44.[D] Sn + 2NaOH + H2O Na2 SnO3+2H2

Pb + 2NaOH Na2PbO2+H2
Zn + 2NaOH Na2 ZnO2 + H2
or E =
to
43.[D] Mg prevent corrosive action of water & salt by

providing cathodic protection.
2K
2m
or
aniline
42.[C]
Before collision
Just after collision
Since, this is the velocity at mean position.
Hence, v = A
A
= A
or
4
or
oxidises
107
[AB]
[A 2 ]1/ 2 [B 2 ]1/ 2
K = 10
MARCH 2010
50.[A] a = initial conc.

2a
= a/3
(ax) = a
3
2.303
a
t2/3 =
log
K
ax
51.[D]
BaSO4, poisons the catalyst and decreases the

efficiency. Hence, to check further reduction of
aldehydes to alcohols.
57.[B]
2
C2H5 MgBr
C2H5COOH
2.303
E Mg+ 2 / Mg = E
Mg+ 2 / Mg
= 2.36 +
0.0591
log
2
58.[D]
NO2 2[H]
NHOH 2[H]
0.01
60.[B]
Ag2S + 4 NaCN Na [Ag (CN)2] + Na2S

Na2S + 2O2 + H2O Na2S2O3 + 2NaOH
The complex Na [Ag (CN)2] contains
[Ag (CN)2] ions
MATHEMATICS
10
= log (105) + log
= 51 = 4
100
53.[A] Lf = 1.44 cals
heat of fusion of Ice per gram
1.44 1000
= 80 cals/gm.
Lf =
18
61.[D] sinx + cosx =
1
5
1
25
1
24
sin2x =
1 + sin2x =
25
25
7
24
tan2x =
cos2x =
25
7
sin2x + cos2x + 2sinx cosx =
R.Tf 2
1000.L f
2 (273) 2
= 1.86C
1000 80
w 1000
So: Tf = Kf m = Kf
MW
2 1000
0.5 = 1.86
M 100
M = 74.4 gm.
Kf =
62.[C] tan (x + y) = 33 x + y = tan133

y = tan133 x
y = tan133 tan13
33 3
y = tan1(0.3)
y = tan1
1
+
33
(
3
)
4<n+l6
&
n+l =6
n+l=5
5+0
5s2
6 + 0 = 6s2
6
5 + 1 = 5p6
4+1
4p
10
3+2
3d
4 + 2 = 4d10
Total e = 18
Total e = 18
So total e = 18+18 = 36
63.[A]
x =
1 + 2 + ......... + n
n +1
=
n
2
variance 2 =
2 =
55.[A] Resonance structure may or may not have equal

energy.
NH2
59.[A] Q10 ml of oxygen is obtained at STP from

H2O2 = 1ml
500 ml of O2 is obtained at STP= = 50ml
52.[A] Milli equivalents of CH3COOH = 502 = 100

Milli equivalents of CH3COONa = 101 = 10
salt
pH = pKa + log
acid
54.[B]
N=O 2[H]
0.0591
[Mg +2 ]
log
2
[Mg ]
0.0591
(2)
= 2.36 +
2
= 2.42 volt
Now: Kf =
(i ) CO
(ii ) H 2 O
Hence the value of n = 2
a
log
14
5.48 10
a /3
= 2.011013 sec.
56.[B]
2 =
108
n
n
x
n
2
i
(x ) 2
n +1

n (n + 1)(2n + 1)
n 2 1
n +1

=
6n
12
2
MARCH 2010
64.[C] {~ (a b) = a ~ b}
(p q) ~ (q ~ r) = (p q) (~ q r)
73.[D] If points are coplaner
3 1
0
2 2 = 0 k = 1
k 1 2 2
P(1, 3)
for two +ive numbers A.M. G.M.

a+b
b+c
c+a
ab ;
bc ;
2
2
2
multiplying all three
(a + b)(b + c)(c + a )
abc
8
(a + b) (b + c) (c + a) 8abc
70.[D] Required area =
[x ] =
1.7
From figure we have to find out Area of OPA

ca
OA = 4 , PM =
Area ( OPA) =
72.[B]
1d x
1
.4 3 =2 3
2
a = 3, b = 6r, c = 9r2
z
x
y
+
+ 2 =1
plane
3
6r
9r
6r2x + 3ry + 2z = 18r2
77.[D] equation of ellipse is given by
1
det AB = 1 det (AB) = 1
3
x y+3
or 8(x + 1)2 + 8(y 1)2 = (x y + 3)2

7x2 + 7y2 +2xy + 10x 10y + 7 = 0
compare with given eqn a = 7, b = 7, c = 7, h = 1
a + b = 14 = 2 c.h
(x + 1)2 + (y 1)2 =
1
(detA) (detB) = 1
3
det A 0 A1 exist
1
1
AB = I A B = I
3
3
76.[C] Let equation of plane is

x
y
z
+
+
= 1 meets axes in
a
b
c
A(a, 0, 0), B(0, b, 0) & C(0, 0, c)
a b c
centroid , , (1, 2r, 3r2)
3 3 3
[x2 + 1] is always integer

[x2 + 1] will always be multiple of
sin( [x2 + 1]) = 0 { Q sin n = 0}
f(x) = 0 x R
1
AB = 3I (AB) = I
3
1
A1 = B
3
3 y = 4 cut
75.[C] given P(A) = 0.5 & P(A B) 0.3

we have P(A B) = P(A) + P(B) P(A B)
P(A B) 1
P(A B) + P(A B) 1+ .3
P(B) 1 + 0.3 0.5 0 .8
= ( x )11.7 = 1.7 1 = 0.7 = 7/10

71.[C]
tangent at P(1, 3 ) given by x +

x axis at A (4, 0)
69.[A] since the general equation of all conics whose

axes coincide with the axes of co-ordinates
if ax2 + by2 = 1
Q it has two arbitrary constant a, b
its differential equation will be of order 2
1.7
74.[C]
67.[A] A = {3, 2}; B = {2, 4}; C = {4, 5}

A (B C) = {3, 2} {4}
A (B C) = { (3, 4),(2, 4)}
68.[D]
AB, AC, AD = 0
65.[C] Lines ay2 (1 + 2)xy ax2 = 0

are perpendicular because, coeff x2+coeff y2 = 0
option (B) is not pair of lines, option (C)
represent two lines x = 0 & y = 0
which are perpendicular hence option(C)
r r r
r r
r
r r r
66.[A] ( a b ) c = ( a . c ) b ( b . c ) a
r
r
r
here a = i j, b = j k, c = i + 5k
[(i j). (i + 5k)] (j k) [(j k).(i + 5k)](i j)
1(j k) (5)(i j)
5i 4j k
78.[B]
{Q AA1 = I}
shortest distance must he perpendicular distance
109
1
4
a b 30
2
= |a| |2a + b| =
2 |a|
MARCH 2010
(2a + b)2 = 2a2 2a2 + b2 + 4ab = 0
b2
a
clearly
+4
i nC3xn3a3 +nC4xn4a4 +.........+ in nCnan

= ( C0x nC2xn2a2 + nC4xn4a4........)
+ i([nC1xn1a nC3xn3a3 +.........)
= (T0 T2 + T4....) + i(T1 T3 + T5.....) (i)
and(x ia)n = (T0 T2 + T4..) i(T1T3 + T5....)
(ii)
multiplying (i) & (ii)
(x + ia)n(x ia)n = (T0 T2 + T4.....)2
+(T1 T3 + T5....)2
2
2 n
(x + a )
n
b
+2=0
a
b
is root of eqn x2 + 4x + 2 = 0
a
79.[D] Q root of eqn 2x2 + 3 2 x + b = 0

are real and equal D = 0
(3 2 )
4.2.b = 0
18
= 9/4 b is +ve
8
Now in equation x2 bx + 1 = 0
coff. of x2 & constant term are +ve and
coff. of x is ve
both root of equation will be +ve
b=
83.[B]
A1
A2
A3
84.[C] sin
c1
c2
c3
B1
B2
B3
C1
C2
C3
b1
b2
b3
then
c1
c2
c3
and
= |(adj A)| = | adj A|

Q |adj A| = |A|n1
2r
2r
+ i cos
17
17
2r
2r
i sin
= i cos
17
17
=i e
qr
rq
=
pq
qp
2 r
i
17
16
81.[C] If n distinct objects are arranged in a row then

No. of arrangement in which none of them
occupies its original place is
2 r
17
16
i
2r
2r
+ i cos
sin
= i e
17
17
r =1
r =1
i 4
i6
i 32
i 2
= i e 17 + e 17 + e 17 + ....... + e 17 {G.P.}
1 1 1 1
1
n 1 + + ....... + (1) n
2 3 4
n
1
here in Question n = 4
i 2 / 17 16
(i 2 / 17 ) 1 e
=i e
i 2 / 17
1
e
1 1 1 1
ways are 4 1 + +
1 2 3 4
e i 2 /17 1 e i32 /17

=i
1 e i 2 /17
1 1 1
12 4 + 1
= 24 + = 24
=9
2 6 24
24
e i 2 / 17 e i34 / 17
e i 2 /17 e i 2
=i
= i
i 2 /17
1 e i 2 /17
1 e
(x + a)n = nC0xn + nC1xn1 + nC2xn2a2

+ nC3xn3a3 + nC4xn4a4.......+ nCnan
n
n n
= ( C0x + C2xn2a2 + nC4xn4a4 +....)
+ (nC1xn1 + nC3xn1a3 + ....)
= (T0 + T2 + T4 +....) + (T1 + T3 + .....)
replace a by ia & ia
(x + ia)n = nC0xn + i nC1xn1a nC2xn2a2
b1
b2
b3
= |A|31 = |A|2 = 2
(by property of ratio & proportion)

Tq Tr
[A + (q 1)d ] {A + (r 1)d}
R=
=
Tp Tq
{A + (p 1)d} {A + (q 1)d}
82.[B]
a1
Let A = a 2
a3
a1
= det A = a 2
a3
80.[C] Let first term of A.P. is A and common

difference is d
Tp = A + (p 1)d
Tq = A + (q 1)d
Tr = A + (r 1)d
These three are consecutive terms of G.P. Let
common ratio of G.P. is R
Tq
Tq Tr
T
R=
= r =
Tp
Tp Tq
Tq
e i2 /17 1
= i = i {Q ei2 = 1}
i2 /17
1 e
85.[B]
110
put x = tan as x 0+
lim tan .2
1
0
=
2.3
3
MARCH 2010
86.[A] f(x) =
For A(3, 4) & B (6, ); AB 4

32 + ( 4)2 16
( 4)2 7
a sin x + b cos x
c sin x + d cos x
f '(x)
= [c sin x + d cos x ][a cos x b sin x ] [a sin x + b cos x ][c cos x d sin x ]
(c sin x + d cos x )2
=
4 7 4+
1.3 6.3
integral is 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
i.e. 5 values
ad(cos 2 x + sin 2 x ) bc(cos 2 x + sin 2 x )

(c sin x + d cos x ) 2
f '(x) =
ad bc
(c sin x + d cos x ) 2
Interesting Science Facts
Q f(x) is decreasing for all x if and only if

f '(x) < 0 for all x
ad bc < 0 ad < bc
87.[A] Let y = 27cos2x. 81sin2x
= 33cos2x. 34sin2x = 33cos2x + 4sin2x
y will be minimum when
3cos2x +4sin2x is minimum
a 2 + b 2 a sin + b cos a 2 + b 2
min. of (3cos2x + asin2x) = 32 + 4 2 = 5

y min. = 35 =
1
243
88.[C] Let f(x) = sin4x + cos4x is periodic with period

/2
a + / 2
(sin
x + cos x ) dx
/2
(sin
Alfred Nobel invented dynamite in 1866.
Wilhelm Rontgen won the first Nobel Prize for

physics for discovering X-rays in 1895.
The tallest tree ever was an Australian eucalyptus

- In 1872 it was measured at 435 feet tall.
Christian Barnard performed the first heart

transplant in 1967 - the patient lived for 18 days.
The wingspan of a Boeing 747 is longer than the

Wright brothers first flight.
An electric eel can produce a shock of up to 650

00.
There are 60,000 miles of blood vessels in the

human body.
An individual blood cell takes about 60 seconds to

make a complete circuit of the body.
On the day that Alexander Graham Bell was

buried the entire US telephone system was shut
down for 1 minute in tribute.
The low frequency call of the humpback whale is

the loudest noise made by a living creature.
The call of the humpback whale is louder than

Concorde and can be heard from 500 miles away.
A quarter of the worlds plants are threatened with

extinction by the year 2010.
Each person sheds 40lbs of skin in his or her

lifetime.
At 15 inches the eyes of giant squids are the

largest on the planet.
The largest galaxies contain a million, million

stars.
x + cos x ) dx
/2
sin
=2
3 1 3
x = 2. . . =
8
4 2 2
89.[C] Number of product of numbers taken two or

more at a time
Q all 10 nos. are prime
all are different
Nos of product of nos. taken two or more at a
time is 10C2 + 10C3 +10C4 ...... + 10C10
Q 10C0 + 10C1 + 10C2 + 10C3 + ......... 10C10 = 210
1+10 + 10C2 + 10C3 + 10C4 +.........+10C10 = 210
10
C2 + 10C3 + ............... 10C10 = 210 11
90.[A] Any point on line |x| = 6 has co-ordinates
( 6, )
if A(3, 4) & B( 6, ); AB 4
(3 + 6)2 + ( 4)2 16
( 4)2 + 81 16 0 No real
111
MARCH 2010

PAPER
- II
BIT-SAT
PHYSICS
1.[A]
3.[A]
u2 = 5gR
v2 = u2 2gR
= 5gR 2gR = 3gR
4.[B]
B
u
Tangential acceleration at B is
at = g (downwards)
Centripetal acceleration at B is
Total acceleration will be
2.[C]
10
2k/3
d 2 x1
2k
(x1+x2) = m
3
dt 2
l
cos
2
l
and y = sin
2
Squaring and adding Eqs. (1) and (2), we get:
x=
Put x1 = x2
2 =
l2
4
Which is an equation of a circle of radius
x1
x2
mx1 = mx2 x1 = x2
force equation for first block;
l
2
5.[D]
112
d 2 x1
4k
+
x1 = 0
3m
dt 2
4k
3m
T = 2
and centre at origin.
2k/3
(R + h ) 2
GM
Both the spring are in series

k ( 2k )
2k
Keq =
=
k + 2k
3
Time period T = 2
K eq
Let l be the length of the rod and the angle of

rod with x-axis (horizontal) at some instant of
time. Co-ordinates of the centre of rod at this
instant of time are
y
x2 + y2 =
m1.m 2
m1 + m 2
m
Here =
2
m 3
3m
.
T = 2
= 2
2 2k
4k
Alternative method :
v
= 3g
R
a C2 + a 2t = g
9R
(R + h ) 2
where =
a=
GM
GH
3R = R + h
h = 2R
So option (1) is correct.
aC =
Q g=
3m
4k
E1 = E2
1
1
m1 12 A12 =
m 2 22 A 22
2
2
MARCH 2010
but m1 = m2
12 16 = 22 25
100 16 = 2 25
= 8 units
Let the force producing impulse J is F then

2
F h = mR2
5
and F = ma (where a = R)
2
2
mah = mRa h = R
5
5
Also impulse = change in momentum
or
J = Mv
7.[D]
at = A rA = CrC
r
10
= 0.64 rad/s2
C = A A = 1.6
r
25
C
100 2
C
60
=
= 16.35 sec.
t=
0.64
C
P(r) =
8.[C]
R 4
10.[C] In case of a capacitor

q = CV
dq
dV
i=
=C
dt
dt
dV
4.0
=
V/s = 1.0 V/s
dt
4.0
Therefore, if C = 1 F then i = 11 = 1A
(constant)
11.[A]
+q
+ + +
+
+ +r + +
+ ++1 + +
++
+ +
+ + + +
+++ +
12.[C] RAB =
From Gauss law
r1
E=
D
2A
1A
3
C
2
B
VA VC = i R = 1 3 = 3V .......(i)
VB VC = 1 2 = 2V ........(ii)
VA VB = 3 2 = 1V
Qr12
4 0 R 4
0 Ni
2R
= b 2 B N
= Li
4T
greater than outside
r
pressure in bubble. This excess pressure is provided
by charge on bubble.
2
4T
=
2 0
r
Pa
14.[D] B =
9.[B] Inside pressure must be
5
5
5
R || R =
R
6
6
12
1A A
Q
r14
4
4
R 4
0
4T
r
q 2d
q2
=
4C
4 0 A
Qr 4r dr
/ 0
R 4
O
E.4r12 =
1 C2
1 C q2
V2 =
2 C+C
2 2 C2
13.[B]
VdV
Energy loss =
q
E.ds = en =
0
16 r 2 0
4r 2
2 4
Q = 8r 2rT 0
6.[A]
Q2
L=
Pa
0 N 2b2
=
, with b <<< R
2R
i
Energy =
113
1 2 0 N 2i 2 2
Li =
b
4R
2
MARCH 2010
15.[A]
N
E(K) = E(K) E(L) =
N cos
B
N sin
= 98.4 KeV
EL = E(K) E(K)
= 115.4 98.4
EL = 17.5 KeV
hc 12.4 KeV
L =
=
= 0.709
EL
17.5 KeV
F = BIL
mg
N cos = mg
..(1)
[ indicates current I is flowing into the paper]
N sin = BIL ..(2)
BIL
tan =
mg
16.[C]
hc 12.4KeV.
=
= 82.7 KeV
K
0.15
The energy of incident photon
hc 12.4
=
= 124 KeV
E =
0.1
The maximum kinetic energy is
21.[A] | EK | =
di
dt
E
di = dt
L
E
i= t
L
2
i = t
4
i = 0.5t
5 = 0.5t
t = 10 sec
E= L
Kmax = E |EK| = 41.3 KeV

22.[B]
17.[A] Steady state current in L = i0 =
E
Energy
R1
LE 2
2R 12
Pout
110 9
100 =
100
220 5
Pin
= 90%
26.[D] r = R 1 1 = 100
l
2
r = 25
E(L)
E(K)
27.[B]
12.4
hc
=
= 115.9 KeV
K
0.107
442 photons/mm3
25.[A] Stopping potential of a & b same so frequency

fa = fb
* Saturated photoelectric current of b & c same
so intensity Ib = Ic > Ia
E(K) =
100 10 9 2640 10 10
(3 108 ) 2 6.63 10 34
~
n=
E(K)
p=
N=
1
1
19.[C] = RcZ2 2 2
n
1 n2
20.[A]
Frequency corresponding to wavelength of

0.180 nm is
= c/ = 1.67 1018 Hz
From Mosley's law
3
= cR (Z 1)2
4
4
(Z 1) =
= 26
3cR
m c2
E
h
=
= e
= mec
c
c
c
N.h
Nh
24.[C] I =
=
t.A 1 mm 1 mm 2
c
23.[B]
18.[C] % efficiency =
N
M
41 KeV
Hence element is cobalt.
1 E
= heat produced in R2
L
2 R 1
during discharge =
Z = 27
stored in L =
hc
114
90
1
72
VA VB <
VA VP = /2
MARCH 2010
l
VA VB
= 0
l
VA VP
VA VB =
l>
28.[B]
| m |=
l0 E
<E
l 2
rI
1
=m=
2
ro
l0
l > 50 cm
2
o = I
a
r
1
I = I =
a o ro 2
X
l
=
for balance
R 100 l
l'
12
12
l
Initially,
=
, finally
=
18 100 l
8 100 l'
or
JJ = l l = 20 cm
34.[B]
0.1
100
0.1
)
2r = N + n (
100
N
n
r=
+ (0.001)
2
2
r = 0.5 N + n (0.0005)
r = 5 (0.1 N + 0.0001 n)
29.[D] Least count =
30.[C]
6
2
3 Li +1
f = 15cm
for virtual & 2 times large image
m=+2
15
f
or + 2 =
m=
f u
15 u
30 2u = 15
2u = 15
u = 7.5 cm
35.[A] MP =
f 0 200
=
= 40
fe
5
36.[A] M.P. = m0 me
32 = m0 4
m0 = 8
H 42 He + 42 He
Q = (K (K 1 + K 2 ) Kd
= (13.2 + 13.2) MeV 4MeV
= 22.4 MeV
37.[A] F 2T = 6a and T = 4 2a
F 16 a = 6a
F
a=
a = 1m/s2
22
6 1 + 4 2
aCM =
= 1.4 m/s2
10
31.[D] N = N0et, D = N0 (1 et)

R R 0 e t R 0
R = R0et,
=
=
=
N N 0 e t N 0
= const.
38.[D] Acceleration of chain is given by

2mg mg / 3 5g
=
a=
3
m
32.[C]
10 1 = 10
f
1
10
=
=
f u 10 + 30
2
D
d
39.[C] According to Pascals principle
in liquid
D
2 =
d
62 = 101
6D
10D
=
d
d
10
= 1.67
=
6
r2
f1
A
1
= 1 = 1 =
2
f2
A2
4
r2
f1 =
1
Mg
4
40.[C] Length of rod inside the water = 1.0 sec = sec

F
33.[A]
f = 10 cm
1 cm
1.0 m
O
2
Upthrust F = (sec )
2
30 cm
115
(1000) (10)
500
MARCH 2010
or F = 20 sec
Weight of rod W = 2 10 = 20 N
For rotational equilibrium of rod net torque
about O should be zero.
sec
F
(sin ) = W = (1.0 sin )
2
11.[D]
20
sec2 = 20
2
or = 45
F = 20 sec 45
or
12.[B]
= 20 2 N
2.[D]
Meq. of Acid = Meq. of Ba(OH)2

1.25
1000 = (0.25 2) 25
M/2
M = 200
3.[B]
4.[A]
r( H 2 )
r( D 2 )
M ( D2 )
M ( H2 )
14.[B]
Hsublimation = Hfusion + Hvap
6.[D]
In CH3NH2, N has one lone pair of electrons.
9.[D]
a3 NA
12
Ecell = E 0cell +
1 6.023
1023
18
CH3 CH2 C CH + H2O HgSO

4
But1yne
H SO
2
CH3 CH2 C = CH2

OH
enol tautomeris m
Keto
CH3 CH2 C CH3

O
18.[C]
Anhyd . AlCl
+ CH3COCl 3
COCH3
2 (3a 10 3 )
3
+ HCl
4 4.52 10 3
6.02 10 23
2 3
= 900 kg m3
10.[B]
1 cm3 H2O = 1 g H2O
16.[A] 4-methyl benzene sulphonic acid is stronger

than acetic acid thus it will release acetic acid
from sodium acetate.
Ksp = 4s = 4 10 s = 10 M
Oxidant is the one whose O.N. decreases during
the reaction. H2SO4 (O.N. of S = + 6) changes
to SO2 (O.N. of S = + 4)
d=
Adsorption is exothermic process due to

attraction between adsorbate and adsorbent.
15.[D] Isocyanide test also known as carbylamine test.
2
4
=
2
1
5.[A]
Z M
2.5 78 640
= 80
39 40
= 3.3 1022
17.[A]
7.[D]
8.[A]
MB =
No. of molecules in 1 g H2O =
From Kp = Kc (RT)ng
= 1.8 104 (0.082 298)2 = 0.108
WBM A
WA (P / P)
13.[A] t =
h
2h
nh
=4
=
2
2
mvr =
or MB =
2.303
a
log
ax
k
2.303
0 .5
=
log
6
0.05
= 0.384 min
CHEMISTRY
1.[C]
P WB M A
=
M B WA
P
OCH3
[Cathode]
0.059
log
[Anode]
n
19.[B]
Br
0.059
0.004
log
= [ 0.0403 ( 0.763)] +
0.2
2
0.059
0.04
log
= + 0.36 +
2
2
CH3
20.[A] Libermann's reaction
116
MARCH 2010
CCl3
22.[B]
Br
1 eqv. at Br / Fe
21.[A]
30.[C] The existance of Fe2+ and NO+ in nitroprusside

ion [Fe(CN)5NO]2 can be established by
measuring the magnetic moment of the solid
compound which should correspond to
Fe2+ = 3d6 four unpaired electron.
CCl3
CH2 = CH2 HOCl
31.[B]
CH2 CH2 CH2 OH (glycol)

Cl
CH2 OH
OH
32.[D] Three dimensional sheet structure are formed

when three oxygen atoms of each [SiO4]4
tetrahedral are shared.
23.[A] Free rotation around carbon-carbon bond takes

place easily in alkanes. Now ethane and
hexachloroethane both are alkanes, but in
hexachloroethane bulky chlorine atom is present
while ethane is least hindered.
24.[C] Due to the presence of Cl group which is a +M
group.
33.[B]
Due to oscillation of free electron Na metal

shows metallic lusture.
34.[B]
Mn + 2HNO3 Mn (NO3)2 + H2
35.[A] 'Lapis Lazuli' is the aluminium silicate present

in the earth rocks as blue stone.
25.[A] Due to similar charges on adjacent atom the

structure is least stable.
- O
N
O-
36.[B]
B < C < N < O when we move from B to O in a

periodic table the first ionization enthalpy
increase due to the attraction of nucleus towards
the outer most of electron and IE of N > O.
37.[B]
NO2 sp
SF4 sp3d
26.[B]
CH3 CH3 Homolytic

C H 3 + C H 3
bond fission
methyl free radical
Free radical is formed which is sp2 hybridised

H
H
LiNO3 on heating gives
2Li2O(s) + 4NO2 + O2
4LiNO3
aq . NaHCO 3
PF6 sp3d2
CH
38.[A] Mg belongs to group 2. Therefore its size is less

than that of Na.
27.[A] If atom or group of higher priority are on

opposite direction at the double bond of each
carbon atom then the configuration is known as
E and if they are in same direction then the
configuration is known as Z-configuration.
39.[B]
Alkali metal hydroxide KOH is highly soluble

in water.
40.[B]
Na2CO3 + H2O + CO2 2NaHCO3
MATHEMATICS
(2E, 4E) 2, 4-hexadiene

28.[C] The brown ring test for NO 2 and NO 3 is due
to formation of [Fe(H2O)5NO]2+
1.[C]
29.[A] The absorption of energy or observation of

color in a complex transition compounds
depend upon the charge of the metal ion and the
nature of the ligand attached. The same metal
ion with different ligands shows different
absorption depending upon the type of ligand,
the presence of weak field ligand make the
central metal ion to absorb low energies i.e. of
higher wavelength.
y = 2x2 log | x |
1
|x|
1
dy
= 4x
= 4x
dx
|x|
x
x
dy
=
dx
1
1
4( x + )( x )
2
2
x
+
0
1/2
+
1/2
1
1
and x =
but x = 0
2
2
is not point of maxima as x = 0 is not in the
domain.
y has minima at x =
117
MARCH 2010
2.[A]
3.[B]
f(x) = 1 + x sin x [cos x]
Q0<x
0 cos x < 1
2
[cos x] = 0
f(x) = 1
f(x) is a constant function and hence
continuous. It neither strictly increasing nor
decreasing.
Q g(x) =
6.[C]
(B1 AB)2 = (B1AB) (B1 AB) = (B1ABB1

AB)
= (B1 AIAB) = (B1 A2B)
(B1AB)3 = (B1AB)2 (B1AB) = (B1A2B) (B
1
AB)
= (B1A2BB1AB) = (B1A2IAB)
= (B1 A3B)
Now (B1 AB)4 = (B1AB)3 (B1AB)
= (B1A3B) (B1AB)
= B1A4B
7.[A]
8.[A]
Q g(0) = 0
lim
lim g(x) = g(0)

x 0
x 0
f ' (3)
f 2d e
2d f
e
1 = 2z 4 x 2 y = 4x 2z 2 y (C1 C2)
e 2a b
2a e b
2d
= 4 x 2 y 2z (C2 C3)
2a b e
2a b e
= 4x 2 y 2z (R1 R3)
2d e f
Set A = {1, 2, 3} and R = {(1, 1), (2, 2)}

Since (3, 3)
/ R it is not reflexive
1
Since R = {(1, 1) (2, 2)} = R, R is symmetric
Since the situation in (a, b), (b, c) R does not
arise in R, R is also transitive.
Also R R1 = {(1, 1), (2, 2)} DA = {(1, 1)
(2, 2) (3, 3)}
R is anti symmetric
Hence (ii) (iii) and (iv) are correct.
{(A B) (B C) (C A)}C = (A B C)
{(A B) (B C) (C A)}
= A B C { Q A B C = universal set}
f ' (2)
g (0) = 0
g( x )
lim
= g(0) = 0
x 0
x
Sr
It is given that 100 = 1
r
5.[C]
f ' ( )
f ' ( x + ) f ' ( x + 2) f ' ( x + 3)

f ( )
f (2)
f (3)
g (x) =
f ' ( )
f ' (2)
f ' (3)
4
4
+ 3 log r
v = r3 log v = log
3
3
3
1
v = r
v
r
3r
v
100 =
100
r
v
=31=3
Hence error in volume is with in 3 %
4.[C]
f ( x + ) f ( x + 2) f ( x + 3)
f ( )
f (2)
f (3)
2a b e
= 2d e f = 2 (R2 R3)
4 x 2 y 2z
9.[D]
1/2 = 1
Q All coins are identical

First we will give 3 coin to each person so
that every one has at least 3 rupee, now rest
5 coin we have to distribute among 5 person in
such a way that any one can get any no. of coin.
Total no. of ways
5+51
C5 1 = 9C4 = 126
{Q No. of ways of distributing n identical thing
among r person when any one can get any no. of
thing is n + r 1Cr1
10.[C] x1 < x2 x3 < x4 < x5 x6 gives rise to the

following four cases
x1 < x2 < x3 < x4 < x5 < x6
x1 < x2 = x3 < x4 < x5 < x6
x1 < x2 < x3 < x4 < x5 = x6
x1 < x2 = x3 < x4 < x5 = x6
Total ways 9C6 + 9C5 + 9C5 + 9C4
= 10C6 + 10C5 = 11C6
g( x ) 0
form
x 0
... (1)
a 2 a 4
11.[D] 2 1 +
+
+ .... = ea + ea
4
2
= eln n + e ln n = n +
118
n2 +1
1
=
n
n
MARCH 2010
(a + c)2 + 4b2 4b (a + c) 0
a2 + c2 + 2ac + 4b2 4ab 4bc 0
(a + c 2b)2 0
2b = a + c i.e. a, b, c are in A.P.
18
12.[A]
x
x
Let (r +1 )th term is independent of x

1
18 0
n m
2
r=
=6
{Qr=
}
1
+
+1
2
(r + 1) = 7th term is independ of x
2
7th term is 18C6 ( x )186
x
18
6
= C6 2
13.[C] S = 1 +
18.[C] f(x) = (x a1) (x a3) (x a5) + 2 (x a2) (x

a4) (x a6) = 0
a1 < a2 < a3 < a4 < a5 < a6
f(a1) = 2 (a1 a2) (a1 a4) (a1 a6) < 0
f(a2) = (a2 a1) (a2 a3) (a2 a5) > 0
At least one real root lies in (a1, a2)
Similarly, at least one real roots lies in each
interval (a3, a4) and (a5, a6)
But f(x) is cubic, therefore there are only three
roots.
Hence the equation f(x) = 0 has one real roots in
each interval (a1,a2) (a3,a4) and (a5,a6)
2 1
2.5 1
2 .5 .8 1
.
+
+
+..
3 2
3.6 2
3 .6 .9 2
..
=
19.[A] xdx + zdy + (y + 2z)dz = 0

xdx + 2zdz + zdy + ydz = 0
xdx + 2zdz + d(yz) = 0
2/3 1

1 2
(2 / 3)(5 / 3) 1
+
2
2
x2
+ z2 + yz = c
2
(2 / 3)(5 / 3)(8 / 3) 1
+...
3
2
1
= 1
2
2 / 3
1
=
2
2
3
20.[A] slope of tangent

dy
= 2x + 1
dx
y = x2 + x + C
when x = 1, y = 2
2=1+1+C C=0
y = x2 + x
= 2 2 / 3 = 41/3
1 + i 3
3 i
i =
2
2
arg (i) = +
6
14.[D] Q =
1 i 3
i2 =
Q 2 =
2
arg (i2) = 2
6
arg i + arg i2 = 3
15.[A] Q
Required area =
3 i
2
r =1
21.[B]
R
S
e x : x 0
y = e|x| =
e x : x < 0
By symmetry
Let P = (t , 0) then
Q( t, et), R = (t, et)
and S = ( t, 0)
Area of rectangle = 2tet = f(t) say
D0
y = ex
y = ex
r
1 n (n + 1) n (n + 1)
=
=
2
2 2
4
Qb > 0
+ x ) dx
x3 x 2
5
= + =
2
6
3
0
16.[C] a1 + a8 + a15 = 3a1 + 21d = 15

a1 + 7d = 5
a2 + a3 + a8 + a13 + a14 = 5 a1 + 35d
= 5(a1 + 7d)
= 5 5 = 25
17.[B]
r
1
1
=
=
1
2
log 2 r 4
log 2 4
r
n
(x
119
MARCH 2010
df
= 2{tet + et} = 0 t = 1
dt
then
d 2f
= 2{ (1 t)et et} < 0 for t = 1

dt 2
Hence, maximum area 2/e
r
| a | 2 = p2 + 25 + 289 = p2 + 314
r 2
| b | = 4q + 169 + 1 = 4q + 170
According to question
r
r
| a |2 = | b |2
p2 + 314 = 4q + 170
p2 = 4q 144
= 4(q 36)
p, q are +ve integer
1 p, q 1000
p is even integer let p = 2 K then
4K2 = 4(q 36) K2 = q 36
Q 1 K2 964
1 K 31
Number of ordered pairs (p, q) = 31
r r r
27.[D] | a + b + c | = 1
r
rr rr rr
r
r
| a |2 + | b |2 + | c |2 + 2( a.b + b.c + c.a ) = 1
r
r r
rr
Q c = a b
1 1 1
+ + + 2( b.a ) = 1 r r
r
r
2 3 6
c a and c b
r r
r r
b.a = 0 b a
26.[C]
sin xdx if sin x 0
22.[C] I = | sin x | dx =
sin xdx if sin x < 0
= cos x + C if sin x 0
cos x + C if sin x < 0
= cos x . sgn (sinx) + C
1 ; sin x > 0
| sin x |
{Q sgn (sinx) =
= 0 ; sin x = 0
sin x
1 ; sin x < 0
23.[B]
( x )
d 1
log
dx 2
f ( x )
From the option
( x ) f ( x )' ( x ) ( x )f ' ( x )
f (x)

= log

2
( x )
f (x)
f (x)
24.[D]
( x )
f ( x )' ( x ) ( x )f ' ( x )
log
f ( x )( x )
f (x)
f ( x )' x ( x )f ' ( x )
( x )
log
dx
f (x)
f ( x )( x )
1
2
( x )
log
+C
f ( x )
Angle between them is
28.[D]
c2
dy
= 2
dx
x
c2
y'
x ' y'
dy

=
=
=
2
2
x
'
(x' )
dx ( x ', y ') ( x ' )
x2
y2
+
= 1 will represents an ellipse is
8a a 2
8 a > 0, a 2 > 0 and 8 a a 2
a < 8, a > 2 and a 5
a (2, 8) {5}
29.[D] y = x 1 is a focal chord of the parabola

y2 = 4x. Therefore tangent at its extremities are
perpendiculars.
Equation of tangent at (x,y) is

y'
y y =
(x x)
x'
Which meets the co-ordinate axes at A and B
(say) then A = (2x, 0), B = (0, 2y)
Mid point of AB is (x, y)
30.[D]
(1, 1)
A1
B (1, 1)
A O
B1
(1, 1)
(1, 1)
25.[D] D.R's of OP = a, a, ,a
Equation of plane to OP and passing
through P is
a(x a) + a(y a) + a (z a) = 0
x + y + z = 3a
Intercepts on axes made by the planes are
3a, 3a, 3a
Sum of reciprocal of the intercepts
1
1
1
1
=
+
+
3a 3a 3a a
A1B1 = 2 2
AB = 2 2 2 = 2( 2 1)
OA = 2 1
taking origin as centre and OA as radius circle
will touches all four circle
equation of circle is
120
MARCH 2010
x2 + y2 = ( 2 1)2
x2 + y2 = 3 2 2
31.[A]
(0, 2)
Distance
between
1 2
a + b2
circumcentre =
2
orthocentre
which
y = f(x) =
and
36.[B]
& at x1 + h x2 > cos2 x
dy
<0
dx
3cos2 2 3 sin cos + 3sin2 = 0

( 3 cos + sin) (cos
tan =
= n +
1
3
3 sin) = 0
or tan = 3
or = n
6
3
| r s| = | 3 6| = 9
37.[B]
cot1
n
>
< cot1
< , n N
6
6
{ Q cot1x 0 (a, )}
n
<
< 3
<n<
2 +1
2
< n < 5.4

max. n = 5 {Q n N}
2 +1
2
38.[A] tan [x] = 0 x R since [x] Z

Period of {x} = 1
Period of sin 3{x} = 1
Hence period of f(x) = 1
x
1 + x tan x
dy
>0
dx

in 0, at which f(x) has local maxima.
2
1 2
sin 2 x cos 2 x + 1
2
2
35.[B]
at x1 slope change from + ve to ve

There is only one critical point
3K.7 K.8K
7
7
R
=
=
4.6K 2K K 2
r
2
1 2
K
2
) say x, at
2
dy
=0
dx
at x1 h x2 < cos2x
34.[D] sinx (sinx + cosx) = K

sin2 x + sinx cos x = K
1 cos 2 x
sin 2 x
+
=K
2
2
1
(sin2x cos2x + 1) = K
2
/2
There is only one point in (0,
Let a = 3K, b = 7 K and c = 8K

a+b+c
s=
= 9K
2
abcs
R abc s
=
. =
there
r
4
4s(s a )(s b)(s c)
Q 2 sin 2x cos 2x
y = cos2x
dy
= 0 x2 = cos2x
dx
32.[D] Triangle is right angled at O(0, 0). Therefore

orthocentre is O(0, 0) and circumcentre is mid
a b
point of hypotense i.e. ,
2 2
(1 + x tan x ) 2
Clearly a > 0
Also P lies on that side of line x + y = 2
Where origin lies
a + a2 2 < 0 (a 1) (a + 2) < 0
2 < a < 1 but a > 0
0<a<1
a (0, 1)
33.[B]
1 x 2 sec 2 x
y = x2
P(a, a2)
(2, 0)
dy 1 + x tan x x (tan x + x sec 2 x )

=
dx
(1 + x tan x ) 2
121
MARCH 2010
39.[C] f(x) = cos1
xy y
xy2 + y1 y1 = aey/x 1 2
x
| x |
log [ x ]
x3y2 = aey/x (xy1 y) = (xy1 y)2 (from 2)
|x|
>0
x
x (0, )
and [x] > 0 and [x] 1
x 2 x [2, )
For domain
x a
x 0
45.[B]
log e {1 + 6f ( x )}
=21=2
6f ( x )
1
x2f(x) + f = 2
x
3
f (x )dx
I=
1/ 3
I=
h 0
42.[B]
2I =
(1 + h ) 1
= lim
h 0
11
2h + h 2
=0
0 1
= lim
=
f(1 h) = lim
2
h 0 (1 h ) 1
h 0 2h + h 2
43.[A] (a + bx)ey/x = x ... (1)

Differentiating, w.r.t. x we get
be
+ (a + bx)e
x. y y
. 12 = 1
dx
1/ 3
8
3
The pattern is x2 +1, x2 + 2, . . . .

Missing number = 28 2 + 3 = 59
2. [A]
A car runs on petrol and a television works by

electricity.
3.[A]
All except Titans are planets of the solar

system.
4. [C]
xy y
bey/x + x. 1 2 = 1 {Q (a + bx)ey/x = x}
x
5. [B]
bxey/x + xy1 y = x
xy1 y = x bxey/x
xy1 y = aey/x ... (2) (from (1))
1
f dx
x
1. [D]
f(x) is discontinuous at x = 1
y/x
dx
LOGICAL REASONING
[(1 h ) 2 ] 1
y/x
1/ 3
2
1 1
x f ( x ) + f 2 dx =
x x
1/ 3
I=
h 0
1 1
f x . x
1
1 16
= 2 = 2 3 =
3
x 1 / 3
3
f(1) = 0
2
P=0
[(1 + h ) 2 ] 1
1 1
f . 2 dt =
t t
f (x) + x
1/ 3
1
1
, dx = 2 dt
t
t
f(1 + 0) = lim
h2 + h
=0
1 h
put x =
1/ 3
x 9 x + 20
(4 h ) 9(4 h ) + 20
lim
= lim
h 0
4 h [4 h ]
x 4
x [x]
= lim
f (x )dx
= (2)3 + (1)3 + 03 + 13 + 23 = 0
h +h
(5 + h ) 9(5 + h ) + 20
= lim
=0
h 0
h
5 + h [5 + h ]
h 0
+ f ( x )dx +
= lim
x 9 x + 20
x [x]
lim
x 5 +
f ( x )dx + f ( x )dx
41.[D]
f ( x )dxt
2
log e {1 + x}
=1
x
Q lim
f ( x )dx =
40.[C] f(a) = 0
log e {1 + 6f ( x )} 0
lim
form
x a
3f ( x )
0
lim 2
44.[B]
|x|
| x |
= 1 then log[x]
=0
x
x
f(x) = cos10 =
1
(xy1 y)2 = x3
y2
122
MARCH 2010
Delicious : Irrelevant as it means 'something

very tasty.'
Comforting : 'Irrelevant' as it means 'giving
necessary comforts', whereas 'Plush' means
more than comforts.
Tasty : (Irrelevant)
It means 'delicious'
6. [D]
7.[B]
The third figure in each row comprises of parts

which are not common to the first two figure.
8. [A]
9. [C]
4.[A]
Lively : Correct synonym to 'sprightly' as both

means,
'someone
dashing/energetic/enthusiastic'.
Beautiful : (Irrelevant)
Sportive : (Irrelevant)
Intelligent : (Irrelevant)
5.[D]
Wicked : It is almost a synonym to 'Astute'

Impolite : Irrelevant because it is the antonym
of 'polite'.
Cowardly : Irrelevant as it is the opposite of
'bravely'.
Foolish : (It's the correct antonym of 'Astute'
which itself means 'clever, shrewd'.
6.[D]
Deadly : It means 'Fatal'.

Hence, this is not a proper antonym to
'innocuous'.
Ferocious : It means 'horrible'
Hence, irrelevant to the opposite of 'innocuous'.
Poisonous : It means 'venomous'.
Hence, an irrelevant 'antonym'.
Harmful : It is a perfect antonym of innocuous
which itself means 'harmless'.
7.[D]
Corruption :
Irrelevant
Worldliness :
Irrelevant
Favouritism :
Irrelevant
Nepotism : (Correct Answer) because
It's a kind of corruption in which the authority
in power takes the advantage of giving
opportunity to their relatives in their self
interest.
8.[B]
Cross : (to pass by, to intersect)

It means different
Hence, irrelevant.
Shuttle : (Proper answer)
10.[A]
ENGLISH
1.[B]
Geraff :
Incorrect spelling.
'e' should be replaced with 'i'

The word should end with 'e' after 'ff'
Giraffe :
Correct spelling.
Giraf :
'fe' is to be added in the end.
Gerraffe :
'Ge' is to be replaced with 'Gi' to make the
correct spelling.
2.[B]
3.[A]
Puncture :
No error.
It makes the tyre flat.
Puntuation :
Error of spelling
Correct spelling is 'Punctuation'
Hence 'c' is missing.
Pudding :
No error
It is used as 'Dessert'
Pungent :
No Error
It is some what 'sharp' and 'shrill'.
Luxurious : (Plush)
Something full of all 'amenities' making life
'cozy' and 'snug'.
123
MARCH 2010
It's a kind of "regular beats" of an air flight or

bus service between the two stations.
Travel : It means to journey.
Hence, irrelavent.
Run : (to move regularly)
Hence, irrelevant.
9.[D]
12.[A] "Meatless days" This is the name of a novel.

Hence, no error is there.
Have been made : (Erroneous)
Because 'have' should be replaced with 'has'
because 'meatless days' is a singular noun.
Into a film :
No error in this part of the sentence.
No error : Incorrect option because there is an
error in the sentence.
Only 1 is correct :
Inappropriate answer because sentence 1 can't
be correct using 'practise' as it is a verb, whereas
the required word should be a noun.
Only 2 is correct :
Sentence 2 is also wrong because the word
'practice' is wrongly used as a verb. It should be
a verb like 'practise'. Hence, incorrect answer.
Both the sentences 1 and 2 are correct.
This is not relevant.
Both the sentences 1 and 2 are not correct.
Correct option, if both the words, i.e. 'practice'
and 'practise' are interchanged respectively, it
really makes a meaningful sentence.
13.[C] Looking forward : (No error)

This is a phrase.
'to' (no error)
This is a preposition.
'Meet you here' (erroneous)
Because 'meet will be replaced with 'meeting'
Phrase 'looking forward to' is followed by
present participle (V. I + ing) form of the Verb.
No error : (incorrect option)
Part 'C' is erroneous.
14.[C] Good and Evil
This is a wrong interpretation.
Former and Latter :
Wrong interpretation.
For and against a thing.
Appropriate option as it really suits the Idiom
ins and outs.
Foul and Fair : (by hook or by crook)
This is an inappropriate option.
10.[C] Sentence 1 is correct :

This option is wrong because the word
'ingenuous' means 'frank and simple' which is
inappropriate.
Sentence 2 is correct :
This option is also wrong because the word
'ingenious' means 'clever or prudent' and this is
inappropriate.
Both the words, i.e. 'ingenuous' and 'ingenious'
if interchanged together respectively, it really
makes both the sentences meaningful.
Hence, appropriate option.
Both the sentences can't be interchanged.
This is an incorrect option because words have
been misinterpreted together.
Incorrect option.
15.[A] Broke out : (to start suddenly)

'Correct and relevant' option because it is used
for 'wars' and 'diseases' e.g. cholera broke out in
Surat in 1985.
Set out : (to start)
it is different because it is used when one leaves
for somewhere
e.g. He set out on his long voyage to Achilese.
took out : (incorrect use)
Because it means differently.
e.g. He took out a one rupee coin to give to the
beggar.
Went out : (Incorrect use) Because meaning is
different
e.g. : The light went out when I was preparing
for my Board Exams.
11.[C] Far off :

It can't be used in place of 'aloof' as far off'
means long-long ago.
Hence, incorrect alternative .
Introvert : It means 'self-centred',
Hence, It is an incorrect alternative.
distance : This is an appropriate word because
one of the meaning of 'aloof' is distant also
while keeping distance between two nouns.
Depressed : (it means 'hopeless')
Hence, quite irrelevant.
Hence,
124
inappropriate
MARCH 2010
125
MARCH 2010

XtraEdge 2010 03

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document informationdsfsdf

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

XtraEdge 2010 03

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

XtraEdge 2010 03

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Worry is a misuse of imagination.

Tel. : 0744-2500492, 2500692, 3040000

No Portion of the magazine can be

Unit Price Rs. 20/-

Special Subscription Rates

Owned & Published by Pramod Maheshwari,

Editor : Pramod Maheshwari

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE

Key Concepts & Problem Solving strategy for IIT-JEE.

IITian ON THE PATH OF SUCCESS

Top medical honchos mull medical courses

Previous IIT-JEE Question

Footprints on the sands of time are not

8-Challenging Problems [Set# 11]

made by sitting down.

The secret of joy in work is contained in

Six essential qualities that are the key to

Continuous efforts - not strength or

We can do anything we want to do if we

The path to success is to take massive,

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE

To succeed, we must first believe that we

one word - excellence. To know how to

Test Time ..........

Mock Test IIT-JEE Paper-1 & Paper-2

Top medical honchos mull

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE

Human Resource in Health

Mamata Banerjee today promised

The railway minister said she was

Railways to sign with IITKharagpur for research

"We'll provide land and the Union

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE

Indian scientists and a highly visible

'Spectacular years ahead

contributed a lot to the study of

School, Mumbai, and Rudrajit

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE

As a kid he dreamt of becoming an

World class university to

IITs successfully conducted GATE online in two

might be repeated on a larger

Placements in full swing at

R. Madhavan IITians who preferred to be different,

I started my career at the Oil and Natural Gas

PASSION FOR AGRICULTURE

I became a full fledged farmer in 1993. It was tough in the

My family was against my ambition of becoming an

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE

LEARNING FROM ISRAEL

In those days, communication was slow. Today, I can get

In 1996, I visited Israel because I had heard that they are

or through e-mail. I send him the picture of my problem

the best in water technology. Take the case of corn: they

and ask his guidance. In those days, it took time to

harvest 7 tonnes per acre whereas we produce less than a

communicate. There was no Internet or connectivity.